Sound Quality Reliable Engineering Smart Solutions

Product Catalogue

Rubber Expansion Bellows

SS Expansion Bellows
Hose Assemblies
Vibration & Seismic Isolators
Flexible Duct Connectors
Pipe Supports & Clamps
Wire Suspension Systems

Kanwal Industrial Corporation

www.easyex.in
 Contents

Introduction Vibration & Noise Control Products

About Us 1 Anti Vibration Pads -

Design & Engineering Services 2 Type EFRMP, EFCSP, EFMSP, EFWP 87-90
Product Range 3-9 Round O Mounts - Type EFRO 91
List of Projects 10-12 Rubber Grommet Mounts Type EFDM 92
List of Clients 13-14 Wall Mount Bracket - Type EFWB 93
Turret Mounts - Type EFTM 94-95
Fail safe Mounts - Type EFFSM 96
Flexible Connectors STB Mounts - Type EFSTB 97
Easy Mounts - Type EFEM 98-99
Rubber Flexible Connectors Level Mounts - Type EFLM 100
• Introduction to Rubber Expansion Joints 15 Rubber Hanger - Type EFRH 101
• How a Rubber Expansion Joint Works 16 Spring Hanger - Type EFSH, EFSRH 102-103
• Neoprene Single Arch Flexible Connector - Pipe Hanger Selection Data 104
Type EFSA 17-19 Cup Spring Mounts - Type EFCUS 105-106
• Construction Features 20 Enclosed Spring Isolators - Type EFESI 107
• Neoprene Double Arch Spool Type Flexible SS Enclosed Spring Isolator - Type EFESI 108
Connectors - Type EFDA 21 Open Spring Mounts - Type EFOS 109-110
• Neoprene Flex Connector Style EFFF 22-24 Spring Isolators with Vertical Stop Unit -
• Neoprene Twin Sphere Connectors - Type EFTSC 25 Type EFSIVSU 111
• Neoprene Twin Sphere Connectors with Union Closed Spring Isolators - Type EFCSI 112-113
Threads - Type EFTSCU 26 Heavy Duty Closed Spring Isolators -
• Expansion Joints for Busduct Applications 27-31 Type EFCSI (6 Springs) 114
Metallic Flexible Connectors Spring & Viscous Damper - Type EFVD 115
• Introduction to Metallic Expansion Joints 32 Closed Spring Viscous Damper -
• Operation Mechanism of Metallic Type EFCSD1 116
Expansion Joints 33 Cased Spring Mounts - Type EFCS 117-118
• Basic Types of Expansion Joints 34 Thrust Restraints - Type EFTR 119-120
• Stainless Steel Metallic Exhaust Bellow 35 Inertia Bases - Type EFIB 121-122
• Stainless Steel Metallic Bellow (PN10/PN16) 36 Jack Up Mounts 123-128
• Stainless Steel Metallic Bellow (PN20) 37 Floating Floors 129
• Reinforced Metallic Expansion Joint (PN25) 38 EasyMute
• Stainless Steel Tied Pump Connector 39 EasyGrip
• Installation Instruction 40 Floor Joist Isolator
• Flexible Metallic Hose Connections 41
• Stainless Steel Pump Connectors 42 Pipe Supports & Clamps / Wire Rope Suspension
• SS Braided Connector with Copper Ends 43
• Flexible Connector Fan Coil & AHU’s 44 EasyLock Suspension System 130-132
• Flanged Building Expansion Joints 45 Plain Split Clamps - Type EFPSC 133-134
• Sprinkler Flexible Connection 46-49 Rubber Lined Clamps - Type EFRLC 135-136
• Industries & Applications 50 Sprinkler Clamps - Type EFSC 137
Duct Connectors Clevis Hanger - Type EFCH 138
• Flexible Duct Connectors 51-53 U Strap Clamps - Type EFUS 139
• Insulated Flexible Duct Connector 54 Roller Chair - Type EFROC 140
• Circular Straight Sleeve 55-56 Roller Hanger - Type EFRLH 141
• Wrap-on Flexible Duct Connectors 57 U Bolt - Type EFUB 142
• Self-Adhesive Fabric Pad 58 Riser Clamps - Type EFRC 143
• Fabric Rolls for Flexible Connections 59 Beam Clamp - Type EFGC 144
• Fastening Band & Locking Device 60 PE Pipe Support 145-146
Riser Isolators & Supports 147-148
Seismic Isolation Products Riser Anchors - Type EFRA 149
Vertical Sliding Pipe Guides - Type EFVSG 150
Seismic Bracing Cable/Kit 61-66 Rubber Support Inserts - Type EFRSI 151-152
Rod Bracing Clamps - Type EFRBC 67-68 RSI Selection Guide 153-157
Restrained Spring Mounts - Type EFRSM 69
Restrained Spring Isolators - Type EFRSI 70-72 Duct Accessories
Seismic Snubber - Type EFSS 73-74
Seismic V Connector - Type EFSVC 75-78 Air Vent 158
U-Connector - Type EFUC 79-81 Gauge Cock 159
Tri Loop Seismic Connector - Type EFTLS 82-83 Steel Damper Quadrant 160

Couplings
Grooved Flexible Couplings 161
Grooved Rigid Couplings 162
Dielectric Union - Type EFDU 163
Bimetallic Flanges 164
 Flexible Connectors

Single Arch Expansion Joint Greater Flexible Duct The connectors are used for
Movements. Higher Pressure Ratings. No adsorbing movements between ducting and piping.
gaskets required. Absorbs & Isolates The movements may be caused due to expansion,
Vibrations/Noise/Shock. Molded Design contractor or vibration of the system available in a
for better quality upto size 14" NB. Reduces verity of customer fabrics for specific applications.
System Noise. Absorbs Pipe Including fabric rated and insulated fabric.
Movement/Stress. Compensates for
Misalignment/Offset.

Floating Flange Expansion Joint The Double Arch Expansion Joint Greater Movement
Style "EFFF" Rubber Expansion Joint is a (Almost Double of Single Arch). Higher Pressure.
totally effective KANWAL solution for Positive Sealing provided at Flanges. No gaskets
unwanted pipe movement in heating and required. Absorbs & Isolates
air conditioning system. Available in the Vibrations/Noise/Shock. Molded Design for better
common HVAC, Plumbing and Fire fighting quality upto size 10" NB. Reduces System Noise.
Pipeline sizes, it is ideal for motion Absorbs Pipe Movement/Stress. Compensates for
compensation, vibration elimination, noise Misalignment/Offset.
control and stress relief.

Twin Sphere Connector Large pressure Twin Sphere Connector Connects To Any Pipe
resistance (Bursting pressure, more than Material GI, MS, Copper, B r a s s , S S o r P V C .
30kg./cm2). Effective for large eccentricity Minimizes Transmission Of Vibration And Noise.
thermal and bending angle. Superb Guards Against Damage Due To Water Hammer
absorption of vibration / pipe movement & And Pressure Surge. Prevents Contact Between
stress. Superb resistance to water, heat, Dissimilar Metals And E l i m i n a t e s E l e c t r o l y t i c
weather and chemicals. Low - cost Corrosion. Absorbs Expansion, Contraction And
installation & operation. Reduces system Misalignment. Serves As Flexible Pipe Joint or
noise. Compensates Misalignment / Offset Expansion Joint. Convenient To Align And Install,
& Eliminates Electrolysis. Saves Labor.

Duct Type Expansion Joint These products Metallic Expansion Joint Bellows are a flexible
come in many configurations as no piping element. The corrugations are designed as
standard design can meet the varied scope, per customer specifications for listed Pressure,
service or connection requirements. They Movement, Temperature, Application, Flowing
can be round, square, rectangular, round Medium designed as per the latest EJMA Standards
on one end and square on the other and all kinds of end fitting and drilling standards
even "T" or "L" shaped. Concentric and available.
Eccentric Reducers are common and custom
made designs can be made to offset or
compensate for older misaligned heavy Flexible Metallic Pump Connector Stainless Steel
ducting systems. The common pump connectors have been optimally designed for
characteristics are flexibility and long life. use in pipework systems for pumps or compressors
Motion requirements are met with single and used to suppress noise, absorb vibration, to
and multiple arches and by varying the face correct and accommodate for minor lateral
to face length. misalignment or thermal movement and to adjust
for any building settlement.

3
 Vibration Isolation

Ribbed Pad Alternating height ribs to Square Cell Pad Suction Pockets created
provid extended load range. Multiple layers by grid design provide strong grip. Cell
of ribbed mounting pad can be used to periphery acts as barrier to ingress of dirt
increase deflection. and fluids.

Cork Sandwich Pad Laminated pads Metal Sandwich Pad Constructed of a

having close grained cork securely bonded steel plate bonded between ribbed rubber
between tow layers of rubber and suitable pad. Designed for very high load capacity.
as noise break. For installation with no
exposure to direct sunlight.

Waffle Pad Designed with built in suction Multilayer Pad Multiple patterned rubber
cups. Easy cut design without tools allow sheets separated by steel load distribution
job site flexibility. plates. Multiple construction gives
significantly better noise and vibration
isolation than single sheets.

Turret Mount EFTM rubber mountings are Round Mount O Type mounts are very
designed to provide superior attenuation of versatile and can be ideal for a wide range
medium to high frequency vibration and of applications where simple and compact
noise emanating from a wide range of anti-vibration mountings are required. They
motor driven machines particularly axial are suitable for loads in shear, as well as in
and centrifugal fans. High resilence rubber compression. These mounts are used in an
with low dynamic to static stiffness ratio extensive range of applications including
ensures maximum efficiency, good creep compressors, generators, air conditioners,
performance and long service life. pumps, fans, motors, laboratory
equipment, scales, etc.

Easy Mount The mountings are designed to Rubber Hanger Constructed of a

protect the rubber inserts from oil and Neoprene Element in a square bracket.
physical damage. A levelling device can Compact Model for space saving
also be provided for machines requiring Installations. Available in two models heavy
precision leveling. The pads are made in oil load bearing capacity of 120kg and 70kg
resisting rubber and can be used on all hang a maximum deflection of 6mm at
kinds of floors. The rubber friction pad rated load. Suitable for noise and vibration
provided at the bottom obviates the control in non-critical applications.
necessity of bolting the machine to floor.
Easy Mounts can be conveniently arranged
in tandem for doubling deflection for very
low frequency vibrations.

Grommet Mount Constructed of a

Neoprene Element encased within two
steel caps. Compact Model for Space
Saving Installations.

4
 Vibration Isolation

Spring Hanger EFSH Spring Hangers Cup Spring Mount Easyflex EFCUS Cup
consist of freestanding. laterally stable steel Spring isolators are recommended for use in
springs in series with a molded elastomeric isolating sources of noise and vibration
element assembled into a stamped and located near critically quiet areas. They are
welded hanger bracket. The hanger highly effective for control of both high and
brackets and the springs are powder low frequency vibration produced by
coated. Spring vibration isolation hangers reciprocating refrigeration compressors,
are designed to provide high efficiency pumps, packaged air-handing and air-
isolation from structure-borne vibration conditioning equipments, centrifugal and
and noise. Springs are color-coded axial fans, inertia bases, internal
according to load ratings and are designed combustion engines. etc.
for 50% overload.

Spring Viscous Damper Our range of Enclosed Spring Mount EFESM A unique
steel springs and damper units for the range of mountings designed primarily for
support of machines are used for building services applications where the
applications as diverse as laboratory control of low frequency vibrations and
balances and turbo generator sets. noise emanating from mechanical plants is
Although standard components are used, of paramount importance. The benefits of a
each system is individuality designed and combined rubber and steel housing for the
analysed to ensure that the correct stiffness spring have helped establish the EFESM
and masses are provided to permit proper mount as an industry standard accepted by
operation of the mounted equipment. First specifiers, equipment manufacturers and
introduced over 40 years ago, these mechanical services installers.
systems are now used world over having
high viscosity damping fluid.

Cased Spring Mount Application Closed Spring Mount This unique range of
examples include : Chillers, AHU's Pumps, Closed Spring Isolators uses an integral
Centrifugal / Axial Fans, Condensing Units, rubber end fixing of the spring which sets
Rooftop Packaged Units, Reciprocating them apart from all other designs. Loose
Compressors, DG Sets, Punch Presses, springs and plates are now history and high
Drop Hammers, Floor Pipe Supports frequency and noise attenuation is provided
(normally at first few pipe support points with stable mounting. Suitable for high load
leading from isolated equipment). capacity upto 5000 Kg single point load.

Open Spring Mount EFOS Unique Jack-Up Mount We believe that the most
expanding rubber and fixing of spring fool-proof and safest way to establish the air
which also provides high frequency gap is the jack-up or lift-slab method. Plastic
attenuation. Nominal 20, 25 & 50 mm sheeting is placed on the sub-floor as a
deflection colour coded springs with 50% breaker layer, isolators are placed on the
overload capacity. C a n b e b o l t e d t o plastic sheeting, reinforcing steel or mesh
supporting structure or free standing on rests on the isolator housings, and the
6mm thick ribbed rubber pad. Fully height concrete floor is poured. After the concrete
adjustable. Zinc plated metals. has cured, the slab is lifted to elevation by
No snubbing gives maximum efficiency. turning adjustment bolts above each isolator
to any specified air gap between 1" and 4".

Floating Floor High deflection isolators Inertia Base Fully welded steel construction
and rubber mats providing natural with integral concrete reinforcement fixed at
frequencies down to 6Hz. Each system is 40 mm above bottom of frame. Recessed
individually designed and analysed to height reducing corner brackets designed to
comply with the specified performance. accept standard EFIB type EFOS open spring
Applications include : Emanating and mountings. Frame thickness not less than
reverberant acoustic test chambers and L/12 where "L" is the longest side of the
high quality television, radio and recording frame. Finished with a single coat of red
studios. These structures usually are oxide primer on external surface only.
created as complete rooms isolated from
the rest of the building.
5
 Vibration Isolation

Fail Safe Mount Grooved construction for STB Mount range of compact rubber unit
added strength. Used for mounting of pipes isolators specially designed for marine and
to the walls (vertical/horizontal). Hanging mobile applications. mount uses zinc plated
type is M8/M10 combi nut. M10/M12 steel components. The shapes of the top
provided as option. High Quality Rubber and the rubber elements are designed to
lining for suppression of sound & increase stiffness and control movement
vibrations. Lock bolts with combi cross under overload conditions. Rebound
recessed head. M6 Side Screws with PE washers are incorporated to control
captive disc. movement due to ship or vehicle motion.
Low height compact units, ideal for use
where space is limited.

Thrust Restraint Easyflex Model EFTR

Level Mount EFLM mountings provide
Thrust Restraints are used to counteract the
effective shock and vibration control for all
discharge force created by fans during
types of general metal working and
operation. ETR Thrust Restraints are used in
processing machinery. They come with built
pairs and best utilized when located on the
in leveling feature and ribbed design of
centerline of the discharge outlet of the fan,
mounting base. Cuts the machine
bridging the flexible duct connector.
installation time from hours to minutes.

Plain Spring Hanger Easyflex EFSH Spring Hanger Easyflex EFSRH Hangers
Hangers are used to isolate suspended are used to isolate suspended sources of
sources of both noise and vibration. both noise and vibration specially for
Suspended mechanical equipment such as seismic applications of Suspended
air handling units, FCU's cabinet fans, mechanical equipment such as air handling
piping and ductwork in close proximity to units, FCU's cabinet fans, piping and
rotating mechanical equipment are typical ductwork in close proximity to rotating
applications of model EFSH hangers. mechanical equipment are typical
applications of model EFSRH hangers.

6
 Seismic Isolation

Restrained Spring Mount EFRSM Restrained Spring Isolators Easyflex

mounting has been designed specifically Model EFRSI Seismic Control Restrained
for applications where transmission of low Spring Vibration Isolators consist of free-
frequency machinery vibration to a building standing, large diameter, laterally stable
structure must be reduced to avoid physical steel springs assembled into welded steel
damage or annoyance to the occupants. housing assemblies fabricated to limit
Vertical and lateral restraint is provided to vertical movement of the isolated
control movement of the mounted equipment if equipment loads are reduced
equipment when subjected to external or if the equipment is subjected to large
forces. This could otherwise be excessive external forces such as a seismic events. The
due to the low stiffness Springs required to housings also provide a constant free and
provide isolation of low frequency operating height to facilitate installation.
vibration.

Cable Restraints High Strength Wire Rope Seismic Snubber Fabricated of welded
grade 7 x 19 cable is available in three steel components incorporating thick
different diameters - offering design neoprene elastomer pads molded to Bridge
flexibility, durability and reliability. Pre- Bearing quality specifications, the design of
packaged kits contain all the necessary these restraints allows for the removal and
hardware for proper installation and to replacement of the neoprene elements.
minimize labor costs. Several design option These restraints are designed for a
will withstand loads up to 4200 Ibs. minimum of 1.0g accelerated force in all
Complies with national building code directions. Series K is suitable for loads from
requirements such as IBC2000, IBC2003 250 kg to 11500 kg.
and NFPA5000.

Seismic V Connector Easyflex Series U-Connector The U-Connector is simply a

Seismic “EFSVC” Connectors are one of the flexible variation of the tradition hard pipe
most effective ways to compensate for loop. When installed in a pipe run the U-
thermal expansion or the unpredictable Connector's legs simply bend laterally to
pipe movements encountered during compensate for pipe's expansion or
seismic activity. Series “EFSVC” Flexible contraction. Unique to the loop is the
Connectors are seismic connectors incredibly low amount of force required to
engineered to absorb movement upto 4” in bend its legs, minimizing anchor loads,
all directions. The unique “EFSVC” design guiding and installation costs. The two
places the flexible leg at 45 degree angles flexible legs connected by an unrestrained
to the pipe run, even allowing up and down return bend, will allow a predetermined
movements. amount of pipe movement in any direction.
With the loops extreme flexibility and low
Rod Bracing Clamps The ERBC Series are force to move, the loop absorbs the seismic
seismic rod bracing clamps used as energy and imposes minimal loads on the
additional support for bracing threaded adjacent pipe hangers, supports or nozzle
rods used to suspend piping, ducts, conduit loads on major equipment.
and other HVAC equipment. Seismic forces
act in all directions. If not braced, the rod
can buckle and fail. Cable Restraints- Mechanical Lock The
lock system is a complete solution for
Wire Rope Isolator These Isolators are suspending fixed loads. The system is
used both for shock and vibration supplied with lock units , suitable sized high
applications for both mechanical as well as tensile steel wire rope with preformed loop
electronic equipment. Three plane all axis or in reel form. Ceiling hangers are also
isolation permits installation in all available. Ideal to restraint ducting, piping
directions i.e., vertically, horizontally as and ceiling suspended equipment.
well as laterally. The isolator are widely
used for defense applications.

7
 Pipe Supports

Rubber Lined Clamps with grooved Sprinkler Clamps Electro-galvanised post

construction for added strength to be used manufacture with lips dimpled at bends for
for mounting pipes vertical & horizontal. added strength. Coupled with swivel nut for
High quality rubber lining for suppression convenience mounting without any tools.
of sound & vibration, with M8/M10 Combi Available in Plain or Rubber lining. One
nut provided with M10/M12 option. piece clip guarantee a high permissible
Electrogalvanised as per international load.
standard.

Plain Split Clamps Welded suspension nut U-Strap Clamps Designed for clamping
M8/M10 with option of M10/M12. Lock plain or insulated pipes to standard channel
bolt with combi cross recessed head and supports such as trapeze hanger, floor
M6 side screw with PE captive disc. Can be stands and wall brackets. Electroglavanised
used for both horizontal and vertical post manufacture and Available in Plain or
installations. Rubber lining.

Clevis Hanger Available in plain or rubber U-Bolts Available in plain or rubber sleeve
lining, suitable for all pipe suspension and supplied with two nuts and two washer
applications. Design permits substantial and used as a grip or guide for horizontal or
vertical level adjustment of pipe after vertical pipes. Special U-Bolts with longer
installation. Designed for chilled water tangents and threads can be available on
pipework and fire fighting systems. request.

Riser Clamps Ideal solution for providing Rubber Support Insert Effective means of
rigid supports or guide for all types of preventing crushing of insulation at pipe
vertical piping due to its rugged design. support points of chilled water, condenser
Also suitable for installation of riser pipes water and domestic hot or cold water
mounted on spring to permit expansion or installations. Very high load bearing
contraction. Available in Plain or Rubber. capacity and excellent resistance to
Suitable for use with all types of pipe and deterioration or distortion. Also eliminates
electrogalvanised as per international the need for termite control treatment.
standard. Available in different thickness and sizes.

Roller Chair Designed to support pipes Roller Hanger Designed to facilitate axial
where axial movements are allowed and movement of suspended pipes caused by
vertical adjustment are required. Rollers thermal expansion contraction or
are made for higher load bearing capacity mechanical fitting. Design permit vertical
and smoother operation. level adjustment, and bear high load
capacity.

Beam Clamp Malleable Cast Iron. Zinc

Plated Casting tolerance according to DIN
1684 GTA/17. Hexagon Threaded Head
Screw DIN933 8.8. Threaded and with Cup
Point (RS) according to EN ISO 4753

8
 Couplings

Grooved Flexible Couplings Easyflex Grooved Rigid Couplings Easyflex rigid

flexible couplings allow for full design couplings can be used in application where
features in applications such as curved or you require a rigid joint similar to that of a
deflected layouts and or when systems are traditional flanged, welded and or threaded
exposed to outside forces beyond normal connection. You need not worry about the
static conditions such as seismic events or snaking of the pipe on straight runs, as all
where vibration and or noise attenuation Easyflex rigid couplings utilize both a
are a concern. The ability to design in mechanical and frictional interlock design
controlled flexibility is an advantageous to provide rigidity. Rigid coupling eliminate
feature when compared to traditional rigid or reduce undesired angular movement,
joining methods such as threading, axial displacement and rotation after
flanging and welding. installation as is required under normal
service conditions.

Dielectric Unions Based on their Bimetallic Flanges Easyflex Bi-Metallic

electropositivity and relative position on flange are used in water, gas and sanitary
the Periodic Table of Elements, metals applications, for connecting copper tubes
exhibit anodic or cathodic properties when made to ASTM Standard.
coupled with coupled with other metals in
the presence of an electrolyte, such as
water. The natural flow of electrons form
the anode (metal with higher electrical
potency) to the cathode creates a
permanent current which corrodes the
anode at the joint.

9
 List of projects

Software & IT Leela Lace Holdings Pvt. Ltd. - Karnataka

Le Meredien - Cochin
Ascendas IT Park - Chennai Maurya Sheraton - New Delhi
Aspire Systems - Chennai Oberoi Vanya Vilas - Rajasthan
Cisco Systems India Pvt. Ltd. - Bangalore Radisson Hotel - Noida
Cognizant Technology Solutions Bantala - Kolkata RAS Adyar Hotels - Chennai
Cadence Systems - Noida Sea Bird Resort - Goa
Convergsys - Hyderabad Viceroy Hotel Hyderabad
Convergsys - Mumbai Vishnupriya Hotel & Resorts Pvt. Ltd.- Visakhapatnam
Computer Services Corporation - Noida
DLF Info City - Chennai International
E- Serve - Chennai
Flextronics Chennai
Al Dur Power Plant - Bahrain
HCL - Noida
Arcapita - Bahrain
Hughes Software - Gurgaon
IBM Prism Tower - Mumbai BHEL - Libya
ICICI Data Center - Mumbai Bank Of Muscat Head Quarter Building - Oman
I Labs - Hyderabad Bait Al Reem - Oman
Infosys Technologies. Mysore India Blue City Phase-1 - Oman
Macromedia - Bangalore Bahrain City Centre - Bahrain
Mind Space IT Park - Hyderabad Bahrain Bay Project - Bahrain
Nucleas Software Exports - Noida Carefour, Mussaffa - UAE
Ozone IT Park - Pune Central Market - UAE
Patni Computer Systems - Noida Dalkia District Cooling - Bahrain
PTC Software - Pune Dhahran SWT Plant, Saudi Aramco - Saudi Arabia
Satyam Computers Services Ltd. - Hyderabad Durrat Al Bahrain - Bahrain
Tata Consultancy Services - Chennai Hatta Schools 1 & 2 - UAE
Tata Consultancy Services - Hyderabad Isa Sports City - Bahrain
Wipro - Chennai Kabul Serena Hotel - Afghanistan
Wipro - Kochi KOM-4 - Oman
Wipro Ltd. (Infotech Division) - Gurgaon Liberty House - UAE
Male International Airport - Maldives
Hotels Ministry of Health - Saudi Arabia
Presidential Palace - Ghana
Accent Hotel Pvt. Ltd. - Chennai Platinum Tower - Bahrain
City Mart Hotel - Sohna Road
The Wave - Oman
Cushman & Wekfield - Mumbai
XL Tower - UAE
DLF Hotels & Apartments Pvt. Ltd. - Gurgaon
Dodla Hotel - Trivandrum
Malls & Entertainment
Eros Shangri-La Hotel - New Delhi
GBU Guest House International - Greater Noida
GMR Hotel - Andhra Pradesh Amazon Regalia - New Delhi
Goan Hotels & Club Pvt. Ltd. Ampa Centre One - Chennai
Highland Hotels - Kochi ASL Auditorium - Hyderabad
Hotel West Inn Ltd. - Ahmedabad Aura Multiplex Mall - Bhopal
Hotel Holiday Inn - Delhi Bella Vista Shopping Mall - Panchkula
Indus Hotel - Dwarka Chennai Citi Centre - Chennai
Indus Hotel Pashim Vihar Competent Cine Plaza - New Delhi
Inorbit Mall - Mumbai Crown Interiorz Mall - Faridabad
ITC Hotels - Bangalore DLF Citi Centre - Gurgaon
ITC Hotels - Calcutta DLF Star Mall - Gurgaon
ITC Parel - Mumbai DLF Mall - Noida
Kamat Construction & Resorts Pvt. Ltd. - Goa Film City, Sec.16 - Noida

10
 List of projects
Genesis Mall - Rajasthan Nokia India - Chennai
GS Mall Pvt. Ltd. - Jammu & Kashmir Orient Ceramics - Secundrabad
Grand Cinema Raheja Mall - Gurgaon Orient Craft - Gurgaon
Jaypee Golf Course Pocter & Gamble - Baddi
Metropolitan Mall - Gurgaon Parthas Textiles Power House - Thiruvanantha puram
Millenia - Bangalore Reliance Industries - Hazira
Naaz Cinema - New Delhi Rita Dyeing & Printing Mills - Surat
Noida Amusement Park - Noida Robert Bosch - Coimbatore
PVR Nariana - New Delhi Samsung India - Noida
Ruchi Malls Pvt. Ltd. - Ahmedabad SAUER Danfoss Pvt Ltd - Pune
Sahara Mall - Gurgaon
Supreme Industries Pvt. Ltd. - Andheri
Shipra Multiplex - Ghaziabad
Shree Singaji Thermal Power - Madhya Pradesh
Star Mall - Gurgaon
Scania Commercial Vehicle Pvt. Ltd. - Karnataka
Sun TV - Chennai
Synthite Industries Ltd. - Ernakulam
Toshiba JSW Turbine & Generators - Tamil Nadu
Industrial & Factories
Transformers & Electricals Limited - Kerala
Abishek Industries - Gurgaon Uflex Ltd. - Films Division - Noida
Aditya Birla Minacs - Aurangabad Volkshwagen Chaken Ind. - Pune
AFL Pvt. Ltd. - Chandigarh
Asian Paints - Greater Noida Hospitals & Educational
Ajmer Vidyut Vitran Nigam Ltd. - Rajasthan
Apollo Tyres - Bangalore AIIMS - New Delhi
A.G. Clothing Pvt. Ltd. - Chennai American Embassy School - New Delhi
Bekaert Industries - Pune American International School - Chennai
Bennet & Coleman - Sahibabad Apollo Lavasa Health Corp.
Bharat Heavy Electricals - Gujrat Al Shifa Hospital Pvt. Ltd. - Kerala
BMW Pvt Ltd - Chennai Columbia Asia Hospital (P) Ltd. - Mumbai
CEEBROS - Chennai Cresent Engineering College - Noida
Crowstar Industries - Thane Columbia Asia Hospital Ltd. - Mysore
Cheminova - Panoli Dr.N.G.P. Arts and Science College - Coimbatore
EIH Ltd Manesar Escorts Hospital - Faridabad
Emami Ltd. - Kolkata Gautam Budh University - Greater Noida
Ericsson Kukas - Jaipur G K General Hospital - Bhuj
Elgi Equipments Ltd. - Coimbatore Haldiram Educational Society - Noida
Fujitsu Ten Minda India Pvt. Ltd. - Haryana
Institute of Liver & Biliary Sciences - Delhi
Gelbrandsen Technologies - Gujarat
Indira Gandhi National Open University - Delhi
Ginni Filaments - Panoli
IIT - Roorkee
Glass Equipment (India) Ltd. - Haryana
K J Samaiaya Inst. Of Mgt & Rsch - Mumbai
Honda Cars India Ltd. - Rajasthan
KIM's Hospital -Kerala
Hasan Drives Ltd. - Coimbatore
HT Burda - Greater Noida Max Devaki Hospital - New Delhi
Jindal Saw Pipes - Gujarat Malabar Institute of Medical Sciences - Calicut
Jindal Power Ltd. - Raigarh Manipal Hospital - Goa
Kaneria Granito - Gujarat OP Jindal Global University - Haryana
Lupin Ltd - Gujarat Pathways World School - Gurgaon
MICO Bosch - Bangalore Ranbaxy Lab. - Dewas
Mitsui - Manesar Sir Ganga Ram Hospital - New Delhi
Moser Baer - Greater Noida Shiv Nadar University - Dadri
Maeda Corporation ( Nachi KG Technology Pvt. Ltd.) - Rajasthan Sri Shankara Cancer Foundation - Bangalore
Mahindra & Mahindra Ltd. - Kanchipuram Valiyath Institute of Medical Sciences - Kerala
Navin Fluriono International - Gujarat Wockhardt Hospital Ltd. - Mumbai

11
 List of projects

Government & Embassies Dell International Services India Pvt. Ltd. - Hyderabad
DLF Ltd. - New Town Heights Projects - Kolkata
Ahmdebad Intl Airport - Ahmedabad Engineers India Ltd. - Gurgaon
Airport Authority of India - Trivandrum
Foxcon India Pvt. Ltd. - Chennai
Amercian Embassy - New Delhi
Asian Development Bank - Trivandrum Gateway Tower - Gurgaon
BHEL - Haridwar Genpact Infrastructure (Bhopal) Pvt. Ltd. - Gurgaon
Bulgarian Embassy - New Delhi Globe Civil Project Pvt. Ltd. - Delhi
Bengaluru International Airport Terminal 1 Expansion - Global Business Park - Gurgaon
Bangalore
ITC Ltd. - Bangalore
CSEB - Korba
Canadian High Commission - New Delhi Jampana Construction Pvt. Ltd. - Karnataka
DIAL - Delhi Larsen & Toubro Ltd. - Mumbai
DMRC - New Delhi Logic Technova - Noida
DRDE High Containment Lab - Gwalior McKinsey Plaza Tower - Gurgaon
DRDO - New Delhi
Manyata Embassy Business Park - Bangalore
I G Stadium - New Delhi
MW High Tech Projects (India) Pvt. Ltd. - Tamil Nadu
Indian Oil - Panipat
ISRO - Shar Nestle Tower - Gurgaon
Khalsa Heritage Project - Punjab Nokia India Pvt. Ltd. - Vadamangalam
Mumbai International Airport - Mumbai Nestle R&D Centre India Pvt. Ltd. - Gurgaon
Mumbai International Airport Pvt. Ltd. - Mumbai Orange - Mumbai
National Institute of Biologicals - Noida
Oak Infrastructure Developers Ltd. - New Delhi
National Institute of Immunology - New Delhi
Netherlands Embassy - New Delhi Optiemus Infracom Ltd. - Greater Noida
Rajiv Gandhi Centre for Biotechnology - Kerala Okaya Energy Systems Pvt. Ltd. - Noida
TSEB - Tamilnadu Raheja Mind Space - Hyderabad
Vidhan Sabha - Jaipur RMZ Infotech Pvt. Ltd. - Chennai
RMZ Titanium - Bangalore
Commercial & Office Buildings
Signature Tower - Gurgaon
3G Global Services - Mumbai Sify Technologies Limited - Noida
Asthena Business Solution Pvt. Ltd. - Gurgaon Spire Edge IT Park- Gurgaon
Augusta Point - Gurgaon Shapoorji Pallonji & Company Ltd. - Greater Noida
Alchemist Ltd. - Chandigarh
TCIII - Chennai
Agility Logistics Private Limited - Chennai
Technip KT - Noida
Aspen Buildtech Limited - New Delhi
Anand Citi Centre Holdings Private Limited - Chennai Technopark ltd. SEZ - Bengalore
Bennett Coleman & Company Limited - Chennai Toyota Kirloskar - Bangalore
C C E Project - Rajasthan Uniworld Tower-B - Gurgaon
Concord Tower - Mumbai Unitech Horizon - Greater Noida
DLF American Express - Gurgaon
Unitech Ivory Towers - Gurgaon
DLF Cyber City - Gurgaon
DLF Infinity Tower - Gurgaon Vikhroli Corporation Park
DLF Richmond Park - Gurgaon Vipul Infrastructure - Gurgaon
DLF South Point - Gurgaon Vipul Infrastructure - Noida
DLF Westend Heights - Bangalore Wipro Ltd. - Mumbai
DLF Southern Homes Pvt. Ltd. - Chennai
Y G Realty Ltd. - Gurgaon

12
 Clients List
ABB LTD. DOABA SUGAR MILLS
ACC LTD. DLF ASSETS PRIVATE LTD.
AVL INDIA PVT. LTD. DICON PRODUCTS
ADVANCE DYNAMICS E.I.D PARRY LTD.
ALL INDIA RADIO EAST COAST BREWERIES
AMRIT PAPER EICHER GOODEARTH LTD.
AMRIT STEELS LTD. ETA ENGINEERING LTD.
ANDHRA FLOUR MILLS ETA TECHNOPARK LTD.
APOLLO TUBES LTD. EDGETECH AIR SYSTEM PVT. LTD.
APOLLO TYRES ELECTRA POWER PVT. LTD.
ASIAN PAINTS ENERGY INTERNATIONAL
ASKA SPINNING MILLS ENKI GLASS INDUSTRY PVT. LTD.
ASKA SUGAR (ORISSA) F.C.I. INDIA.
ASSOCIATED CEMENT LTD. FACOR (ORISSA)
ADLEC SYSTEMS PVT. LTD. FEDDERS LLYOD
AIR CON ENGINEERS PVT. LTD. FENNER INDIA LTD.
ASIANPAINTS FLAKTWOODS (INDIA) LTD.
AGNICE FIRE PROTECTION LTD. GUJRAT FLOROCHEMICALS LTD.
AIREF ENGINEERS (P) LTD. GEE SQUARE ELECTRICALS PVT LTD.
B.B. STEEL INDIA LTD. GOYAL MG GASES PVT LTD.
B.E.M.L BANGALORE INTERNATIONAL AIR CONDITIONG PRODUCT
B.H.E.L. ITC LTD BANALORE HOTEL PROJECT
B.H.W. KESSELS ENGG. IDEAL PROJECTLINK TRADING W. L.L
B.P.C.L. ALLAHABAD ISOLATED SYSTEMS LTD.
B.T.P.S. NEW DELHI INTERNATIONAL COIL LTD.
BAJAJ HINDUSTAN LTD. (U.P) IRPPL
BALLARPUR INDUSTRIES IB TURBO
BHASKAR POWER PROJECTS JINDAL POLYESTER
BHUSHAN STEEL JINDAL STRIPS
BEST CROMPTON & GREAVES JGB CORP.INDIA LTD.
BILT INVESTMENTS LTD. JAKSON ENGINEERS LTD.
BLUE STAR LIMITED KAP STEELS LTD.
CARRIER AIRCON LTD. KARNAL CO-OP SUGAR MILLS
CLIVET TFA PVT.LTD. KESSELS BHW INTERNATIONAL
CEAT LIMITED KHANNA PAPER MILLS
CONTROL & SWITCHGEAR KOHLER INDIA CORPORATION PVT. LTD.
COPERION KHOKHAR ELECTRICALS PVT. LTD.
CLIVET TFA INDIA P. LTD. K.G KHOSLA ENTERPRISES LTD.
CHERYTECH (INDIA) PVT. LTD. KELVIN SYSTEM PVT. LTD.
CLIMATECH INTERNATIONAL S .A UNIQUE ENGINEERS PVT. LTD.
CARYAME EQUIPMENT INDIA PVT. LTD. UNISING PROJECTS PVT. LTD.
D.C.M. NEW DELHI UFLEX LTD.
D.E.S.U. DELHI UNITECH DEVELOPER
D.P.I NAVY VOLTAS LTD.
DABUR LTD. VIBRO DYNAMICS PVT. LTD.
DECCAN SUGARS CO. VEDANTA BHARAT ALUMINIUM COMPANY LTD.
DHARMASI MORARJI CHEMICAL O. GANPATI SLECTRICALS (P) LTD.

13
 Clients List
GOYAL MG GASES PVT. LTD. RAMSONS ALLOYS PVT. LTD.
GUJRAT RASSI CEMENT LTD.
GANPATI ELECTRICALS (P) LTD. RATHI STEELS DELHI
HERO HONDA MOTOR LTD. ROOTS COOLING SYSTEMS PVT. LTD.
HARD STRIPS (INDIA) RISHABH ENGINEERING
HITACHI AIR CONDITIONERS RAMESH HIRA
HEINZ SAMSUNG INDIA
USHA TELEHOIST SANDVIK ASIA LTD.
VIKRAM SARABHAI SPACE STATION SAW PIPES LTD.
URANIUM CORPORATION SHREE VISHNU CEMENT LTD.
TRIPTI DRINKS P. LTD. SHREYANS INDUSTRIES LTD.
LARSEN & TOUBRO SHRI RAM RAYONS
LIGHT LIFT INDUSTRIES SEIMENS
LAMBDA MICROSTWAVES(P) LTD.
SMITH & SHARKS PVT. LTD.
MATHER & PLATT
SOM DISTLLERS
MERINO INDUSTRIES LTD.
STARWIRE INDIA LTD.
MOSER BAER
SIMBHAOLI SUGARS LTD.
MUNC CHEMICALS
STEEL AGE INDIA
MYSORE PAPER MILLS.
STEEL STRIPS LTD.
MODERN SALES AGENCY PVT. LTD.
SUDHIR GENSETS
MILESTONE SWITCHGEARS
SVC PROJECTS
M SQUARE ENGINEERS
SWAM PNEUMATICS
MARK ACOUSTIC ENCLOSURE PVT. LTD.
MAJAN PETROLEUM SERVICES LLC STERLING AND WILSON LTD.
N.D.M.C. DELHI SUDHIR GENSETS LTD.
N.T.P.C TALCHER. SIMBHOLI SUGAR LTD.
NATH PULP & PAPER SUPERTECH ENGINEERING&TRADE LTD.
NATIONAL ALLUMINIUM CO. LTD. SUMAYA HMX SYSTEMS PVT. LTD.
NATIONAL FERTLIZERS LTD. SUKRUTA AGENCIES
NATIONAL THERMAL POWER CORPORATION SUVIDHA ENGINEERSINDIA PVT. LTD.
NUCLEAR POWER CORPORATION S.K.GUPTA &COMPANY
O.N.G.C. ASSAM SAMHO GUNYOUNG CONSTRUCTION PVT. LTD.
ORISSA CONSTRUCTION CORPORATION SCENARIO PVT. LTD.
ORISSA MINING CORPORATION TYCO FIRE & SECURITY INDIA PVT. LTD.
ORISSA SYNTHETICS (J.K. CORPORATION) TELCO
OSM ENGG.PNEUMATIC CONVEYING PVT. LTD. THREE STAR PAPER MILLS LTD.
P.N.F.C CHANDIGARH THERMAX LTD.
PARADEEP PHOSPHATES LTD. TIMKEN SERVICE (P)LTD.
PARASON MACHINERY (I) PVT. LTD. TRIVENI ENGINEERING & INDUSTRIES LTD.
PARDEEP PORT TRUST TRICOLITE ELECTRICAL INDUSTRIES LTD.
PODDAR PROJECTS LTD. TRANSPARENT ENERGY SYSTEM PVT. LTD.
PONDICHERRY CO-OP SUGAR MILL THYSSENKRUPP ELEVATOR (INDIA)
P2 V2 ENGINEERING & MARKETING TURBOVENT INDUSTRIES PVT. LTD.
POWER ENGINEERING PVT. LTD. TPS INFRASTRUCTURE LTD.
PANCHI INDUSTRIAL SERVICE WARTSILA
PONDICHERRY CO-OP SUGER MILLS LTD. Z SQUARE
PRAXAIR INDIA PRIVATE LIMITED ZECO AIRCON INDUSTRIES PVT. LTD.

14
 Bellows &
Expansion Joints
For big relief from stress
at pipe flanges!
Expansion Joints or Compensators are flexible rubber
elements (combined with metal and/or textile
reinforcements) useful for conveying fluids and
absorbing movements between sections or pipeline.
With a correct design they are able to absorb axial,
lateral and angular movements offering both safety and
insulation against noise and vibrations. Floating Flange Single Arch Double Arch

We offer the market the most comprehensive selection

of rubber expansion joints, covering the widest range of
applications and dimension. By adapting the latest
rubber and fabric technology, Kanwal Industrial
Corporation can provide the most effective solutions to
suit the required needs for any pipe systems.

U Type Twin Sphere Connector Triple Arch

Outstanding Advantages
Variety of polymers available
Internationally approved design as per FSA and EJMA
USA
Positive sealing for leak free operation
Eliminates stress or expansion & contraction
Compensates for misalignment-axial, lateral,
angular & torsional
Absorbs vibration & shock
Eliminates line noise Concentric Eccentric Rectangular
Prevents pipe buckling & fracture
Prevents electrolytic corrosion
Stops water hammer
Low deformation under pressure
Greater recovery from movement
Abrasion, water, heat, chemical, weather resistant
Resistant to fatigue
Negligible loss of heat

Wide Range Standard Size Available

Ex-Stock

Due to policy of continual improvement, the specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
Measurements are subject to 5% tolerance.
To achieve good results do not over load fitting more than designed parameters as per drawing / catalogue.
Compliance - As per FSA Standards USA.

15
 How A Rubber
Expansion Joint works
The purpose of an Expansion Joint in general, regardless
of design or materials of construction, is to provide a point
of flexibility in a piping or duct system in order to absorb
the growth of the piping due to thermal changes in the
media and/or the environment, and to absorb the
dynamic movements of machinery, buildings and
structures that the piping is attached to or a part of.
The Rubber Expansion Joint, because of the non-metallic AXIAL
nature of its construction, offers the piping and ductwork compression
designer advantages within the temperature and pressure
ranges of these joints, which cannot be matched by all
metal expansion, joints.
Consisting of flanged ends and a flexible section, much
the same as a flanged metal bellows, the rubber
expansion joint can absorb within its free length more
movements, particularly lateral, than any other joint of
similar overall size and pressure rating. AXIAL
The flexible section of a Rubber Expansion Joints is most extension
often a single convolution, which, because of the inherent
flexibility of the materials, can accept large lateral
movements with low force, a phenomena which requires
multiple convolutions in metal bellows. During axial and
angular movements, the rubber convolution deflects
much the same way that the metal convolution does. The
limits of these motions are determined by the geometric
shape and size of the convolution and the inherent
pressure resisting capacity of the design. LATERAL
shear or perpendicular to centerline
The manner in which the pressure loads are resisted in a
Rubber Expansion Joint is the major difference between
Rubber and Metal Bellows. Circumferential (hoop) loads
due to pressure are carried by the convolution itself in
metallic bellows. In a Rubber Expansion Joint, the
convolution is basically incapable of resisting pressure by
itself, but is supported by the adjacent rubber tube with its
internal fabric and/or fabric - metal reinforcing, or by the
attachment flanges themselves.
All Easyflex Units have integrally molded flanges, sized ANGULAR
and drilled to match standard flanges. All Rubber bending of the centerline
Expansion Joints require metallic split retaining rings
behind the flanges to back up protect the rubber integral
flange. Control rods must be used to protect expansion
joints from excessive movement if piping system is not
properly anchored and are normally recommended for
most piping installations.

TORSIONAL
rotation about the centerline, twist
Due to policy of continual improvement, the specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
Measurements are subject to 5% tolerance.
To achieve good results do not over load fitting more than designed parameters as per drawing / catalogue.
Compliance - As per FSA Standards USA.

16
 Neoprene Single Arch
Flexible Connectors
Greater Movements.
Higher Pressure Ratings.
No gaskets required.
Absorbs & Isolates Vibrations/Noise/Shock.
Molded Design for better quality upto size 14" NB.
Reduces System Noise.
Absorbs Pipe Movement/Stress.
Compensates for Misalignment/Offset.
Available with tie rod assembly (Specially Recommended)
Size from 25mm NB to 1800mm NB.

Temperature Ratings
Standard (-) 10º to 70ºC

* Flexible Connectors for special applications in different Polymers and

Pressure ratings available as per customer specifications.

Compliance - ASTM F 1123-87 (2004). Testing as per Fluid Sealing Association standard FSA-PSJ-701-06.

Movement Capability

Nominal Length Axiol Axiol Transverse Angular Movement Torsional

Bore (mm) (mm) Corp. (mm) Elongation (mm) Deflection (mm) Deg. Movement Deg.

20 125 12 6 12 14.5 3
25 125 12 6 12 14.5 3
32 150 12 6 12 14.5 3
40 150 12 6 12 14.5 3
50 150 12 6 12 14.5 3
65 150 12 6 12 12.5 3
80 150 12 6 12 10 3
100 150 12 6 12 7.5 3
125 150 12 6 12 6 3
150 150 12 6 12 5 3
200 150 12 6 12 5 3
250 200 19 10 12 4 3
300 200 19 10 12 4 3
350 200 19 10 12 2.5 2
400 200 19 10 12 2.5 2
500 200 19 10 12 2 1
550 250 22 11 12 2 1
600 250 22 11 12 2 1
650 - 750 300 25 12 12 2 1
850 - 1000 300 25 12 12 1.5 1
1050 - 1800 300 25 12 12 1.5 1

*Standard PN10 and PN16 REJ design chart for sizes 25NB to 350NB available on next page

Due to policy of continual improvement, the specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
Measurements are subject to 5% tolerance.
To achieve good results do not over load fitting more than designed parameters as per drawing / catalogue.
Compliance - As per FSA Standards USA.

17
 Neoprene Single Arch
Flexible Connectors
PN - 10
Nominal Length Flange Flange Expansion BS 10 Table D ANSI 125/150# LBS Operating
Size Nominal Dia Thick Joint Style Hole No. of B.C.D. Hole No. of B.C.D. Conditions
(I.D.) f.f. Nominal Dia Holes (Approx) Dia Holes (Approx)
Pressure Test
INS. MM MM MM MM MM NOS. MM MM NOS. MM Design Pressure
1 25 150 114 14 EF 812 14 4 83 16 4 79 10 Bar 15 Bar
1.25 32 150 121 14 EF 812 14 4 87 16 4 89 10 Bar 15 Bar
1.5 40 150 126 14 EF 812 14 4 98 16 4 98 10 Bar 15 Bar
2 50 150 152 14 EF 812 18 4 114 19 4 121 10 Bar 15 Bar
2.5 65 150 178 14 EF 812 18 4 127 19 4 140 10 Bar 15 Bar
3 80 150 191 14 EF 812 18 4 146 19 4 152 10 Bar 15 Bar
4 100 150 229 14 EF 812 18 4 178 19 8 191 10 Bar 15 Bar
5 125 150 254 14 EF 812 18 8 210 22 8 216 10 Bar 15 Bar
6 150 150 279 14 EF 812 18 8 235 22 8 241 10 Bar 15 Bar
8 200 150 343 19 EF 812 18 8 292 22 8 298 10 Bar 15 Bar
10 250 200 406 19 EF 812 21 8 356 25.4 12 362 10 Bar 15 Bar
12 300 200 483 19 EF 812 21 12 406 25.4 12 432 10 Bar 15 Bar
14 350 200 533 22 EF 812 24 12 470 28.6 12 476 10 Bar 15 Bar

PN - 16
Nominal Length Flange Flange Expansion BS 10 Table E ANSI 125/150# LBS Operating
Size Nominal Dia Thick Joint Style Hole No. of B.C.D. Hole No. of B.C.D. Conditions
(I.D.) f.f. Nominal Dia Holes (Approx) Dia Holes (Approx)
Pressure Test
INS. MM MM MM MM MM NOS. MM MM NOS. MM Design Pressure
1 25 150 114 14 EF 912 16 4 83 16 4 79 16 Bar 24 Bar
1.25 32 150 121 14 EF 912 16 4 87 16 4 89 16 Bar 24 Bar
1.5 40 150 126 14 EF 912 16 4 98 16 4 98 16 Bar 24 Bar
2 50 150 152 14 EF 912 19 4 114 19 4 121 16 Bar 24 Bar
2.5 65 150 178 14 EF 912 19 4 127 19 4 140 16 Bar 24 Bar
3 80 150 191 14 EF 912 19 4 146 19 4 152 16 Bar 24 Bar
4 100 150 229 14 EF 912 19 8 178 19 8 191 16 Bar 24 Bar
5 125 150 254 14 EF 912 19 8 210 22 8 216 16 Bar 24 Bar
6 150 150 279 14 EF 912 22 8 235 22 8 241 16 Bar 24 Bar
8 200 150 343 19 EF 912 22 8 292 22 8 298 16 Bar 24 Bar
10 250 200 406 19 EF 912 22 12 356 25.4 12 362 16 Bar 24 Bar
12 300 200 483 19 EF 912 25 12 406 25.4 12 432 16 Bar 24 Bar
14 350 200 533 22 EF 912 25 12 470 28.6 12 476 16 Bar 24 Bar

Standard Pressure Rating from 400 NB.

• 400 NB - 600 NB - 7.5 kg/sq cm2
• 650 NB - 1600 NB - 6 kg/sq cm2
• 1600 NB - 1800 NB - 4.5 kg/sq cm2
Higher Pressure Ratings and Movement Capabilities Available.
Flexible Connectors are available in a variety of polymers for different applications duty conditions.
For Sizes above 1800 NB and also for Higher Pressure Rating Bellows can be designed as per customer
requirement.
Vaccum - 26 inches of HG.
Please refer to our engineering department for special duty conditions/polymers.
18
 Control Unit Instructions
Why Control Units are Required
Lack of Proper pipe anchors - Initial surge of pump at an elbow may cause hyper-extension.
Lack of proper pipe supports - Easyflex expansion joints and vibration dampeners are not designed to
support the weight of the piping system.
Lack of proper alignment guides - Control rods will prevent lateral movement beyond design
specifications.
Wide fluctuations of temperature - The changing from hot to cold media may cause excessive expansion
or contraction even when the pipe is properly anchored.
Testing at elevated pressures - The use of anchors and/or control rods is required to offset the thrust.
F
Rubber Washer
Control Unit / Gusset Plate
Split Retaining
Side "A" Side "B"
Rings

Steel
Washer
Control Unit Plate Maximum O.D.

Flange/Retaining Ring O.D.

Control Rod Bolt Circle

Bolt Circle

Flow
Pipe Size
Joint I.D.
Nominal

Standard
Companion Flange

Tie Rod

Pre-Installation Check List

Compare the requirements of the system to ensure the proper number of control rods have been
specified. (Minimum of two (2) required.)
Check Control Units to be sure all parts are included. The unit consists of minimum four (4) gusset plates,
two (2) tie rods with six (6) nuts and six (6) metal / rubber washers. For bigger sizes and higher pressures
the quantities might increase. Contact our Engg. Dept. or refer drawing.

Installation
Bolt the control unit plates to the outer side of the Companion flanges at the same time while the bolt is
being installed through the split retaining ring / rubber flange / companion flange and the control unit /
gusset plates. They are to be equally spaced around the circumference of the flange.
Install the tie rod through the top hole in each gusset plate after placing rubber/metal washer on either
side of the gusset plate. (See illustration above.)
Tighten the first two nuts ("A" location) in the direction of flow tightly. Check the recommended movement
for the particular size from our catalogue and keep the second set of nuts ("B" location) loose accordingly.
The second check nut should be tightened keeping space/gap for movement capability.

Note :
If excessive compression exists, optional compression sleeves should be specified. The compression
sleeves will limit the compression to the maximum allowable movement.

Due to policy of continual improvement, the specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
Measurements are subject to 5% tolerance.
To achieve good results do not over load fitting more than designed parameters as per drawing / catalogue.
Compliance - As per FSA Standards USA.

19
 Construction Features

Flange Cover
Carcass

Tube
Reinforcing
Material

* other polymers (EPDM, NITRILE, SILICON, BUTYL, Hypalon) also available on request

Cover - To protect body from

Arches - Can be filed If required, atmospheric conditions or mechanical
to avoid accumulation of sediment damages. NEOPRENE rubber is
and to provide a smooth bore. standard for weather, heat & oil
However flexibility of joint is resistance and long service life
reduced by 50%

Flanges - Full faced integral with tube -

are tough and non-compressbleto reset
flow under bolting pressure, having 'O'
rings upto 12" nominal bore which should
Carcass - Consists layers of durable high be fully flattened when installed in
tensile nylon/polyester cord for reinforcing pipeline No Gaskets are required
the supporting member between tube and
cover.
Metal Reinforcements -
Non-migrating metal rings are
embedded in the body for extra
strength, higher safety factor
higher pressure and rigidity for
vacuum service.
Metal Retaining Rings
( s t a n d a r d ) -
For distributing the bolting Tube - Leakproof, Abrasion resistant
pressure around the flanges Seamless lining of Rubber (synthetic
and to prevent the bolts from or natural) is selected to ensure that
damaging the Rubber flanges joint will not be affected by passing
when tightened. medium (e.g., air, water, oil, gas, acid or
chemicals)
Steel rings are split, beveled
and zinc electroplated.
Galvanized rings also
available.

Also Available - Companion Flanges,

Fixing Bolts, Nuts and Washers, Fixing
Tool & Tackles.
Control Rods (recommended) - To prevent
damage to expansion joints by excessive
elongation or compression of piping systems
not anchored property

Due to policy of continual improvement, the specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
Measurements are subject to 5% tolerance.
To achieve good results do not over load fitting more than designed parameters as per drawing / catalogue.
Compliance - As per FSA Standards USA.

20
 Neoprene Double Arch
Spool Type Flexible Connectors
Greater Movement (Almost Double of Single Arch)
Higher Pressure.
No gaskets required.
Absorbs & Isolates Vibrations/Noise/Shock.
Molded Design for better quality upto size 10" NB.
Reduces System Noise.
Absorbs Pipe Movement/Stress.
Compensates for Misalignment/Offset.
Drilling Standard ANSI B16.5 Class 150

Double Arch

Expansion
Joint Size Neutral
Expansion
LENGTH
Nom. I.D. Joint Style
Inch / (mm)
Inch / (mm)
1.5 (40) 10 250 REJDA
2 (50) 10 250 REJDA
2.5 (65) 10 250 REJDA
3 (80) 10 250 REJDA
4 (100) 10 250 REJDA
5 (125) 10 250 REJDA
6 (150) 10 250 REJDA
8 (200) 10 250 REJDA
10 (250) 10 250 REJDA
12 (300) 12 300 REJDA
14 (350) 12 300 REJDA

Compliance - ASTM F 1123-87 (2004). Testing as per Fluid Sealing Association standard FSA-PSJ-701-06.

Other Flange Drilling Available : BS 10 Table D/E/F, BS 4504/DIN 2501 or as per customer requirement

For Other Polymers Requirement Please Contact Our Engineering Department.

Available pressure rating PN10 and PN16 Due to policy of continual improvement, the specifications are
subject to change without prior notice.
Measurements are subject to 5% tolerance.
To achieve good results do not over load fitting more than designed parameters as per drawing / catalogue.
Compliance - As per FSA Standards USA.

21
 EPDM/CR/NBR Flex
Connector - type REJFF
Spherical moulded type expansion joints / flexible connectors with zinc electroplated floating steel
flanges for easy alignment long radius arch bellow design permits substantial movements in all planes.

Application
Installation of REJFF is recommended as expansion joints within the piping system
and at connection points of piping suction discharge.
Compensate for axial transverse and angular pipe movements thereby
protecting the system from stresses and damage due to thermal expansion
and contraction of piping, minor pipe misalignment and hydraulic surge effects.
Eliminate need for pipe expansion loops that are expensive and require
considerable space.
Significantly reduce noise and vibration transmitted in the system through
pipe walls.
Allow vibration isolators to function properly, by providing flexibility at
equipment connection.

Cushion water hammer by expanding volumetrically, thus protecting against

sudden startup / surge forces or shocks.
AXIAL
Typical examples of usage include extension

At inlet and outlet of HVAC equipment - Pumps, AHUs, Chillers, Cooling

Tower, Condensers.
In HVAC chilled / hot water piping - risers, circulation lines, across building
expansion joints. AXIAL
Process Piping, Power Plants, Water Distribution etc. compression

Features
The bellows are moulded under high pressure and impregnated with multi
ply nylon tire cord and spring-steel wire reinforcement. This makes them
suitable for both positive pressure and vacuum applications. ANGULAR
bending of the centerline
Long radius arch bellow design provides excellent axial, transverse and
angular deflection capability.
Spherical shape of bellow ensures smooth flow of fluid, resulting in
negligible pressure drop across the joint.
Substantial steel-reinforced moulded beads at each end of bellow
LATERAL
eliminate the need for gaskets.
shear or perpendicular to centerline
Captive floating flanges facilitate alignment with pipe during installation.
These are grooved in order to accommodate the bellow end-beads.
The floating flanges are epoxy powder coated for corrosion resistance.
Each unit is individually tested at 150% of rated maximum working pressure
before leaving works.
TORSIONAL
rotation about the centerline, twist
Due to policy of continual improvement, the specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
Measurements are subject to 5% tolerance.
To achieve good results do not over load fitting more than designed parameters as per drawing / catalogue.
Compliance - As per FSA Standards USA.

22
 EPDM/CR/NBR Flex
Connector - type REJFF
Standard Structure
Item
Part Material
No.
1 Body CR (Neoprene)/EPDM or NBR
2 Reinforce Nylon Cord Fabric
3 Wire Hard Steel Wire
4 Floating Flange Mild Steel Zinc Plated as per
ASTM A36

* Other Polymers available on Request.

Temperature/Pressure Ratings
Maximum temperature 115ºC (EPDM/Neoprene or NBR)
Vacuum rating full vacuum (26"Hg)
Working pressure depends on temperature and at higher temperature, the
pressure ratings are reduced slightly

PN - 10
Nominal Length Flange Movements Expansion BS 10 Table D Operating
Size Nominal Dia Axial Lateral Angular Joint Style Hole No. of B.C.D. Conditions
(I.D.) f.f. Nominal Compression Elongation Degrees Dia Holes (Approx)
Pressure Test
INS. MM MM MM mm mm mm MM NOS. MM Design Pressure
1 25 150 114 13 12 13 15o REJFF 15 4 83 10 Bar 15 Bar
o
1.25 32 150 121 13 12 13 15 REJFF 15 4 87 10 Bar 15 Bar
1.5 40 150 133 13 12 13 15o REJFF 15 4 98 10 Bar 15 Bar
2 50 150 152 13 12 13 15o REJFF 18 4 114 10 Bar 15 Bar
o
2.5 65 150 165 13 12 13 15 REJFF 18 4 127 10 Bar 15 Bar
3 80 150 184 13 12 13 15o REJFF 18 4 146 10 Bar 15 Bar
4 100 150 215 16 12 16 15o REJFF 18 4 178 10 Bar 15 Bar
o
5 125 150 254 16 12 16 15 REJFF 18 8 210 10 Bar 15 Bar
6 150 150 279 16 12 16 15o REJFF 18 8 235 10 Bar 15 Bar
8 200 150 337 16 12 16 15o REJFF 18 8 292 10 Bar 15 Bar
o
10 250 200 406 16 15 16 15 REJFF 22 8 356 10 Bar 15 Bar
12 300 200 457 16 15 16 15o REJFF 22 12 406 10 Bar 15 Bar
14 350 200 527 16 15 16 15o REJFF 25 12 470 10 Bar 15 Bar

Other Available
Pressure Rating - REJFF rated for higher pressures can be supplied. Specify required rating.
Bellow Material - Neoprene/EPDM (standard), (for temperature rating up to 1150C), NBR, Chlorobutyl
Hypalon available on request.
Flange Drilling - BS 10 Table-D/ANSI 125/150# (standard); any other standard such ANSI, JIS (specify by name).

Compliance - ASTM F 1123-87 (2004). Testing & Tolerances as per Fluid Sealing Association Standard USA.

Other Flange Drilling Available : BS 10 Table D/E/F, ANSI B16.5 Class 125/150, BS 4504/DIN
2501/BS 4504 PN 16 or as per customer requirement.

23
 EPDM/CR/NBR Flex
Connector - type REJFF
PN - 16
Nominal Length Flange Movements Expansion ANSI 125/150# LBS Operating
Size Nominal Dia Axial Lateral Angular Joint Style Hole No. of B.C.D. Conditions
(I.D.) f.f. Nominal Compression Elongation Degrees Dia Holes (Approx)
Pressure Test
INS. MM MM MM mm mm mm MM NOS. MM Design Pressure
1 25 150 108 13 12 13 15o REJFF 15 4 79 16 Bar 24 Bar
o
1.25 32 150 118 13 12 13 15 REJFF 13 4 89 16 Bar 24 Bar
1.5 40 150 127 13 12 13 15o REJFF 15 4 98 16 Bar 24 Bar
2 50 150 152 13 12 13 15o REJFF 19 4 121 16 Bar 24 Bar
o
2.5 65 150 178 13 12 13 15 REJFF 19 4 140 16 Bar 24 Bar
3 80 150 191 13 12 13 15o REJFF 19 4 152 16 Bar 24 Bar
4 100 150 229 16 12 16 15o REJFF 19 8 191 16 Bar 24 Bar
o
5 125 150 254 16 12 16 15 REJFF 23 8 216 16 Bar 24 Bar
6 150 150 279 16 12 16 15o REJFF 23 8 241 16 Bar 24 Bar
8 200 150 343 16 12 16 15o REJFF 23 8 298 16 Bar 24 Bar
o
10 250 200 406 16 15 16 15 REJFF 25 12 362 16 Bar 24 Bar
12 300 200 483 16 15 16 15o REJFF 25 12 432 16 Bar 24 Bar
14 350 200 533 16 15 16 15o REJFF 28 12 476 16 Bar 24 Bar

PN - 20
Nominal Length Flange Movements Expansion ANSI 125/150# LBS Operating
Size Nominal Dia Axial Lateral Angular Joint Style Hole No. of B.C.D. Conditions
(I.D.) f.f. Nominal Compression Elongation Degrees Dia Holes (Approx)
Pressure Test
INS. MM MM MM mm mm mm MM NOS. MM Design Pressure
1 25 150 108 13 12 13 15o REJFF 15 4 79 20 Bar 30 Bar
1.25 32 150 118 13 12 13 15o REJFF 13 4 89 20 Bar 30 Bar
1.5 40 150 127 13 12 13 15o REJFF 15 4 98 20 Bar 30 Bar
o
2 50 150 152 13 12 13 15 REJFF 19 4 121 20 Bar 30 Bar
2.5 65 150 178 13 12 13 15o REJFF 19 4 140 20 Bar 30 Bar
3 80 150 191 13 12 13 15o REJFF 19 4 152 20 Bar 30 Bar
o
4 100 150 229 16 12 16 15 REJFF 19 8 191 20 Bar 30 Bar
5 125 150 254 16 12 16 15o REJFF 23 8 216 20 Bar 30 Bar
6 150 150 279 16 12 16 15o REJFF 23 8 241 20 Bar 30 Bar
o
8 200 150 343 16 12 16 15 REJFF 23 8 298 20 Bar 30 Bar
10 250 200 406 16 15 16 15o REJFF 25 12 362 20 Bar 30 Bar
12 300 200 483 16 15 16 15o REJFF 25 12 432 20 Bar 30 Bar
o
14 350 200 533 16 15 16 15 REJFF 28 12 476 20 Bar 30 Bar

Temperature/Pressure Ratings
Maximum temperature 115ºC (EPDM/Neoprene or NBR)
Vacuum rating full vacuum (26"Hg)
Working pressure depends on temperature and at higher temperature, the
pressure ratings are reduced slightly

* Other Polymers available on Request.

Bellow Material - Neoprene/EPDM (standard), (for temperature rating up to 1150C), NBR, Chlorobutyl
Hypalon available on request.
Compliance - ASTM F 1123-87 (2004). Testing & Tolerances as per Fluid Sealing Association Standard USA.

24
 Neoprene Twin Sphere
Connectors

FORGED STEEL NEOPRENE RUBBER

FLOATING ENDS BELLOW WITH
POWDER COATED NYLON
REINFORCEMENT

SPECIFICATION
Overall
Features
Size
Model Length
(inch)
(mm) Y Connects To Any Pipe Material GI, MS, Copper,
EFTSC 20 ¾” 150 Brass, SS or PVC
EFTSC 25 1” 155
EFTSC 32 1¼” 155 Y Minimizes Transmission Of Vibration And Noise
EFTSC 40 1½” 165
EFTSC 50 2” 165 Y Guards Against Damage Due To Water Hammer
And Pressure Surge
Performance Data
Y Prevents Contact Between Dissimilar Metals And
Max. Pressure 16 kg/cm2 Eliminates Electrolytic Corrosion
Vaccum 700mm Hg.
Temperature -20 to 82oC Y Absorbs Expansion, Contraction And
Burst Pressure 50 kg/cm2 App. Misalignment
Working Fluids Water, Air, Weak
Acids & Aldalies
Y Serves As Flexible Pipe Joint or Expansion Joint
Flexible Joints for Special Applications
Available on Order Y Convenient To Align And Install, Saves Labor

Option Available / Ordering

Y Standard – Neoprene bellow with threaded Steel Ends for connection to steel pipe.
Y Connection Options – Bronze Couplers for brazed Connection to copper pipe (suffix ‘BC’) Full Bronze Flanges
with BSPT Male threads (suffix ‘BSM’), full Bronze Flanges with BSPT Female threads (suffix‘BSF’).
Y SS 304 Couplers (suffix ‘SS’).
Y Any combination of the above can also be supplied.
Y Material Options – EPDM, SBR, Natural Rubber, Hypalon, Chloro-Butyl, Nitrile Rubber.
Y To Order – Please state type of pipe, actual pipe OD and type of Connection required.

Compliance - ASTM F 1123-87 (2004). Testing as per Fluid Sealing Association standard FSA-PSJ-701-06.

Due to policy of continual improvement, the specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
Measurements are subject to 5% tolerance.
To achieve good results do not over load
Compliance - As per FSA Standards USA.

25
 Twin Sphere Connectors
With Union Threads
Features :
Large pressure resistance (Bursting pressure, more than 50kg./cm2)
Effective for large eccentricity thermal and bending angle.
Superb absorption of vibration / pipe movement & stress.
Superb resistance to water, heat, weather and chemicals.
Low-cost installation & operation.
Reduces system noise.
Compensates Misalignment / Offset & Eliminates Electrolysis.

Typical Applications :
Building equipment, piping systems for industrial plants and piping systems for private residences.
Prevention of disasters due to earthquakes and subsidence of ground.
Waterworks, sewerage, and sanitary lines (feed-water and drainage)
Twin-sphere
FCU'S, AHU'S, Pumps, Chillers, Cooling Towers, Compressors, Blowers, Fans, Installed in
Absorption Machines, Etc.
Acceptable
Direction
Dimensions & Allowable Movement
Model Size Length Axial Axial Transverse Angular
No. (mm) L Compression Elongation Movement Movement
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) Degree
EFTSCU15 15 190 12 6 12 15º
EFTSCU20 20 190 12 6 12 15º
EFTSCU25 25 190 12 6 12 15º Twin-sphere
EFTSCU32 32 200 12 6 12 15º Installed in
EFTSCU40 40 200 12 6 12 15º Recommended
EFTSCU50 50 200 12 6 12 15º Direction
EFTSCU65 65 220 12 6 12 15º Structure
Item Part Material
Operating Conditions 1. Body Natural/EPDM/Neoprene
Operating Pressure : 16 kg/cm2 2. Body Nylon Tyre Cord
Burst Pressure : 50 kg/cm2 3. Union IS / BS Standard
Vaccum Rating : 400 mm Hg Standard, item employs IS / BS UNION. May be
replaced with ANSI, DIN, or other standards.
Temperature : -10ºC To 70ºC
Fluids : Water, Hot water, sea water, weak 3 2 1
Acid, Compressed Air.
Note : Please specify duty conditions to
choose the correct polymer for your
application. For higher Operating Conditions
Please Contact Our Technical Dept.

Compliance - ASTM F 1123-87 (2004). Testing as per Fluid Sealing Association standard FSA-PSJ-701-06.

Due to policy of continual improvement, the specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
Measurements are subject to 5% tolerance.
To achieve good results do not over load fitting more than designed parameters as per drawing / catalogue.
Compliance - As per FSA Standards USA.

26
 Expansion Joints for
Busduct Applications
Flexible connectors are used in ducting systems to reduce vibration transmission, shock and accommodate
thermal movements with minimum stress to the ductwork. Since pressure requirements in ducts are very low
compared to piping systems, they are manufactured in lighter construction to be more responsive to the reduced
stiffness of sheet metal ducting. Designs are always airtight to prevent particle intake or leakage.
These products come in many configurations as no standard design can meet the varied scope, service or
connection requirements. They can be round, square, rectangular, round on one end and square on the other and
even "T" or "L" shaped. Concentric and Eccentric Reducers are common and custom made designs can be made to
offset or compensate for older misaligned heavy ducting systems. The common characteristics are flexibility and
long life. Motion requirements are met with single and multiple arches and by varying the face to face length.
Materials
Sometimes the duct joints are in all rubber with no reinforcement, but the most common construction is natural
rubber or synthetic liner, plies of rubber impregnated tyre cord or fabric and a rubber cover. When pressure or
vacuum conditions are extreme, wire of steel ring reinforcement is used as well.
Polymers available are Natural Rubber, EPDM, SBR, Neoprene, Butyl, Hypalon, Nitrile, Silicone and Viton.
Reinforcement may be square woven fabric but more commonly Nylon, Polyester or Kevalr tyre cord.
These Bellows can also be in Aluminum for Busduct Applications in Round and Rectangular Configuration.
Connections
Duct joints can be slip-ons retained by lightweight or heavy banding. Most of them are flanged and we can work to
your requirements. We can supply the steel back up flanges in individual pieces in carbon steel, stainless steel,
aluminum or any other material as per requirement. Carbon steel is normally painted, but can be hot dip
galvanized or electroplated.
Liners
When temperatures are very high or the gases contain particle concentrations that tend to build up, carbon or
stainless steel liners are often used. These liners pass through the duct connector and enter the adjacent ducting
system to minimize damage and to increase the service / cycle life of the duct connector.

Different Type of Busduct Bellows

Due to policy of continual improvement, the specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
Measurements are subject to 5% tolerance.
To achieve good results do not over load
Compliance - As per FSA Standards USA.

27
 Expansion Joints for
Busduct Applications
Technical Features
Custom designed square, rectangular, Slip on Type Round Bellow
round Integral moulded flange design Rubber Sleeve Typical Material Properties
Maximum Operating Pressure 200mm W.C. Material EPDM / Neoprene
Test Pressure 300mm W.C. Hardness 40 – 50 Shore A
Type Elongation at Break 350% (Min.)
Rectangular Flange Bellow Tensile Strength before Ageing 70 kg / cm² (Min.)
Circular Flange Bellow Insulation Resistance at 1000 Kv 50 Mega Ohms. (Min)

Applications
Bus Ducts Fan Connectors Cement Industries Flue Gas Systems
Engineering Goods Hot Gases Pipe Wall Seals
Textile Industries Ventilation Systems
Steel Industries Industrial Process Ducts
Power Plants Chemical Plants
Pipe Chutes Petrochemical Plants
Forced Draft Lines Plant Construction
Air, Water Slurry Power Stations
Purification Plant Combustion Gas Desulphurization Plants

K-1 K-2 K-3

Single or multiple arch

rectangular or square
duct connector

K-4 K-5 K-6

Single or multiple arch

round duct connector
K-7 K-8 K-9

Due to policy of continual improvement, the specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
Measurements are subject to 5% tolerance.
To achieve good results do not over load
Compliance - As per FSA Standards USA.

28
 Round Duct
Expansion Joints
KANWAL also offers a wide variety of round expansion joints designed for use on low pressure round ducting
system with a maximum pressure to 10 psi.
Round Ducting Joints are often utilized in lightweight air handing system such as Precipitators/ Scrubbers, Fans
and Big Blowers to absorb vibration, thermal movement and misalignments.
This type of expansion joint is available in a variety of material configurations such as Neoprene, EPDM,
Chlorobutyl, Hypalon* or Viton* elastomers with Nylon, Kevlar* or polyester tyre cord reinforcement.
Flanged style of ducting expansion joints are drilled to customers specifications. Round Duct Expansion Joints can
also be manufactured with a slip-on connection where no mating flange exists. The joint is manufactured to the
exact outside diameter of the duct, and simply slipped onto the pipe. Stainless steel/carbon steel bands hold the
joint securely in place.
Materials of construction
Elastomers
Pure Gum Rubber, Neoprene, Hypalon* Chlorobutyl, Buna - N, EPDM, and Viton* and Silicone.

Lightweight construction As per customer requirement

Maximum flexibility Multiple Arches
Absorbs vibrations Accommodates Greater Movement
Abrasion resistant Flanged / Pipe end Designs

Maximum movement capabilities in inches

Movement 6" Face-to-Face 9" Face-to-Face 12" Face-to-Face 16" Face-to-Face
at shown Axial Axial Lateral Axial Axial Lateral Axial Axial Lateral Axial Axial Lateral
Face-to Compress Extension Defect Compress Extension Defect Compress Extension Defect Compress Extension Defect
-Face
1.5" 0.5" 1" 3" 1" 2" 4" 1" 2.5" 6" 1" 3"

* Movement Capability depends on the number of arches.

Due to policy of continual improvement, the specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
Measurements are subject to 5% tolerance.
To achieve good results do not over load fitting more than designed parameters as per drawing / catalogue.
Compliance - As per FSA Standards USA.

29
 Typical
Installations
Typical Piping Layout Utilizing Expansion Joint When Typical Piping Layout showing the use of Control Units with
Equipment and Piping are properly Anchored the Expansion Joint when proper System Anchoring is Limited

Anchor Anchor

Pipe Guides
(Typical)

Flow Expansion Joints Flow Expansion Joints

With Control Unit

Pump Pipe Guide Pump Pipe Guide

Tie Rod Assembly

Elbow Support Elbow Support

(Anchor to Base) (Anchor to Base)

Anchor Anchor
Solid Concrete Foundation Solid Concrete Foundation

Use of an Inertia Base for Pump and Piping Superior Installation With Pump Base Independently Supported by Anchors
FLOW
FLOW

Rubber Expansion Joints Rubber Expansion Joints

Vibration Mounts or Spring Isolators Vibration Mounts or Spring Isolators

Typical Piping Layout Utilizing Expansion Joints and Typical Pump Installation With Expansion Joints Utilizing Vibration Mounts
proper use of Anchors in Branch Locations
FLOW

Rubber Expansion Joints

Expansion Joints

Pipe Guides

Anchors
Solid Concrete Foundation
Vibration Mounts or Spring Isolators

Due to policy of continual improvement, the specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
Measurements are subject to 5% tolerance.
To achieve good results do not over load fitting more than designed parameters as per drawing / catalogue.
Compliance - As per FSA Standards USA.

30
 Installation Instructions
Site Pre Installation Check & Instructions
Is type of Bellow/Joint correct for application.
Check maximum service temperature does not exceed maximum temperature specified in catalogue.
Are anchors suitable for the thrust generated.
Does pipework have adequate guiding and support.
Cold test pressure must not exceed 1.5 times the working pressure.
Area of movement of the joint must be free from obstruction.
Do not paint the rubber bellows/expansion joints (the outer cover is fully waterproof.)

Fitting Instructions
The necessary steps for installing all expansion joints should be pre-planned. The installers should be made aware
of these steps as well as the special instructions furnished with the expansion joint by the manufacturer, which will
provide information necessary for proper handling and installation of expansion joints. The most critical phases of
the expansion joint installation are as follows :

The installed length of the bellow in between the companion flanges

should be equivalent to the over all length as per the Invoice.
No movement of the expansion joint (compression, extension, lateral
offset, rotation) due to piping misalignment, for example, shall be imposed
which has not been anticipated and designed into the movement
capability of the expansion joint. Imposing such movements can result in
systems malfunction or damage to the bellows or other components in the
system. Specifically cycle life can be substantially reduced where forces
imposed by attached equipment may exceed their designed limits, internal
sleeve clearances may be adversely affected, and the pressure capacity
and stability of the bellow may be reduced.
Anchors, guides, and pipe supports shall be installed in strict accordance
with the piping systems drawings. Any field variances from planned
installation may affect proper functioning of the expansion joint and must be brought to the attention of
competent design authority for resolution.
Mating flanges must be smooth and must extend to the bore of the bellow/joint e.g. 100mm NB must be
100mm internal bore. There must be no grooves, protrusions or sharp edges applied to the rubber
bellows/joint face.
Flange bolts should be located with their heads on the expansion joint side of the flange. If this location is not
possible 10mm clearance must be made between the bolt and bellow/joint body.
Tighten bolts crosswise (not in rotation).
Protection for the body must be provided when welding in the vicinity of the rubber bellow/joint.

Post Installation inspection :

A careful inspection of the entire piping system shall be made with particular emphasis on the following:

Are anchors, guides and supports installed in accordance with the system drawings.
Is the expansion joint in the proper location and is the installed length correct and have the control units
been installed properly (Please refer to our catalogue).
Are all guides, pipe supports and the expansion joints free to permit pipe movement.
Are any expansion joints misaligned? Measuring the joint overall length and checking clearances at critical
points on the expansion joint and at other points in the system can determine this.

Due to policy of continual improvement, the specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
Measurements are subject to 5% tolerance.
To achieve good results do not over load fitting more than designed parameters as per drawing / catalogue.
Compliance - As per FSA Standards USA.

31
 Metallic Expansion Joints

Bellows are a flexible piping element. The corrugation of

the expansion joint is designed to be flexible in order to
absorb pipe expansion and contraction due to changes in
temperature. The number of corrugation of bellows is
decided according to the displacement amount and the
expansionary and contracting force that the bellows have
to absorb. Bellows have to be strong to the design pressure
and operating pressure of piping and installation and they
also have to be flexible to absorb thermal movement. The
thrust force of the flow in the piping has to be buttressed by
things other than bellows. These are usually anchors, tie
rods, hinges or gimbaled structures and our style ETR thrust
restraints.

The value of the thrust force of bellows is usually calculated by multiplying the value of the effective cross section
area by the value of the flow pressure of pipe

Kanwal's Easy Flex Bellows are fabricated from cylindrical tubes made of high ductility material. The cylindrical
body is formed onto parallel corrugations which accommodates all basic movements without encountering wear
and tear as associated with conventional mechanical devices. Bellows are designed and manufactures as per the
latest additions of EJMA, ASME, GIS, BS, DIN, IS standards under the supervision of highly qualified team of
engineers and technocrats.

To attain high flexibility and above average life expectancy, our Bellows are made from tested S. S. 316/321/304
stainless steel material. These bellows retain the flexibility when subject to internal pressure. Kanwal's Easy Flex
Bellows have proven their outstanding performance in a wide variety of applications.

Compliance - ASTM F1120, EJMA 10

Due to policy of continual improvement, the specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
Measurements are subject to 5% tolerance.
To achieve good results do not over load fitting more than designed parameters as per drawing / catalogue.

32
 Operating Mechanism of
Metallic Expansion Joints
Why Expansion Joints are Required
While designing pipelines, a main artery of the modern industry, planners always face many obstacles : the
expansion and contraction of pipes caused by temperature changes both external and internal, vibrations
generated from machine operation and other stress imposed on the pipelines by wind or in some cases by
earthquake. Therefore, protection from these hazardous elements is always of major interest to the pipeline
engineers.
To absorb pressure from expansion, contraction and the vibration of pipes, flexibility is key. One of the most
effective flexible elements is the metallic bellows type expansion joint, which is currently widely used due to
continued developments and improvements in the performance and design technique.
Parts and Features of Expansion Joints
Bellows : After welded Piping forming with high-quality stainless steel sheets, bellows are produced through
hydraulic forming or roll forming. And sometimes the bellows are heat treated to eliminate the remaining welding
stress on the welded part or to remove the remaining stress generated during forming.
End Pipe: To facilitate connecting and fitting into the ends of bellows, the end pipe is normally made with the
same material that is used for the pipeline, and also to the same size as the pipeline.
Liner/Internal Sleeve: A device which minimizes contact between the inner surface of the bellows of an
expansion joint and the fluid flowing through it. It prevents vibration, and erosion of the Bellows.
Flange: Customer can choose a flange standard from among BS 10 Table D / ANSI / DIN / IS or any other
standard.
Tie Rod: The rods protect a device from excessive stretching and prevent the dislocation of pipelines. They also
stabilize pipelines by absorbing thrusts.

Axial Elongation Axial Compression

Axial Extension is the Axial Compression is the

dimensional lengthening of dimension shortening of an
the Expansion Joint. Expansion Joint along its
longitudinal axis.

Angular Movement Lateral Movement

Angular Rotation is the Lateral Deflection is the

displacement of the relative displacement of the
longitudinal axis of the two ends of an Expansion
Expansion Joint from its Joint perpendicular to its
initial straight line position longitudinal axis.
into a circular arc.

Compliance - ASTM F1120, EJMA 10

Due to policy of continual improvement, the specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
Measurements are subject to 5% tolerance.
To achieve good results do not over load fitting more than designed parameters as per drawing / catalogue.

33
 Basic Types of
Expansion Joints
Single Bellows Assembly
The simplest type of expansion joint consists of a single bellows element welded to
end fittings, normally flange or pipe ends. The single bellows can absorb small
amounts of axial, lateral and angular movement with ease, but adequate anchors
and guides must be provided.

Universal Expansion Joint Assembly

This assembly consists of two bellows connected by a center spool piece with flange or
pipe ends. The universal arrangement allows greater axial, lateral and angular
movements than a Single Bellows Assembly. Increasing the center spool length
produces increased movement capability. Like for the single Bellows adequate
anchors and guides must be provided.

Hinged Bellows Assembly

When a Hinged Expansion Joint is used, movement is limited to angulations in one
plane. Hinged Assemblies are normally used in sets of two or three to absorb large
amounts of expansion in high pressure piping systems. Only low spring forces are
transmitted to the equipment. The hinge hardware is designed to carry the pressure
thrust of the system, and often is used to combat torsional movement in a piping
system. Slotted hinged Expansion Joints are a variant of the standard Hinged
Expansion Joints that allow axial and angular movement. Be careful; once a slotted
Hinge is introduced, torsion in the piping system is still resisted but the hinge no longer
carries pressure thrust.

Gimbal Bellows Assembly

The gimbal restraint is designed to absorb system pressure thrust and torsional twist
while allowing angulation in any plane. Gimbal Assemblies, When used in pairs or
with a single hinged unit, have the advantage of absorbing movements in multi-
planer piping systems. The gimbal works the same as an automobile's universal drive
shaft.

Externally Pressurized Assembly

Line pressure acts externally on the bellows by means of a pressure chamber, This
allows a greater number of convolutions to be used for large axial movements,
without fear of bellows instability. Externally pressurized expansion joints have the
added benefit of self-draining convolutions if standing media is a concern. Anchors
and guides are an essential part of a good installation.

Pressure Balanced Elbow Assembly

These assemblies are used in applications where space limitations preclude the use of
main anchors. Pressure thrust acting on the line bellows (bellows in the media flow) is
equalized by the balancing bellows through a system of tie rods linkages. The only
forces created by the axial, lateral, or angular movements. An elbow must be present
in the piping network to install this style of expansion joint.

Compliance - ASTM F1120, EJMA 10

Due to policy of continual improvement, the specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
Measurements are subject to 5% tolerance.
To achieve good results do not over load fitting more than designed parameters as per drawing / catalogue.

34
 Stainless Steel
Metallic Exhaust Bellow

Model No. Design Maximum Lateral Axial Cycle Life End Flanges
Nominal Bore x Overall Length
Temperature Working Movement Movement (Cycles) Details
upto Pressure (mm) (mm)
SSEB 6" x 200 600ºC 2Kg/cm2 2 ±10 12000 BS10 Table D
SSEB 6" x 250 600ºC 2Kg/cm2 4 ±15 12000 BS10 Table D
2
SSEB 6" x 300 600ºC 2Kg/cm 6 ±20 12000 BS10 Table D
SSEB 8" x 200 600ºC 2Kg/cm2 2 ±10 12000 BS10 Table D
SSEB 8" x 250 600ºC 2Kg/cm2 4 ±15 12000 BS10 Table D
2
SSEB 8" x 300 600ºC 2Kg/cm 6 ±20 12000 BS10 Table D
SSEB 10" x 200 600ºC 2Kg/cm2 2 ±10 12000 BS10 Table D
SSEB 10" x 250 600ºC 2Kg/cm2 4 ±15 12000 BS10 Table D
2
SSEB 10" x 300 600ºC 2Kg/cm 6 ±20 12000 BS10 Table D
SSEB 12" x 200 600ºC 2Kg/cm2 2 ±10 12000 BS10 Table D
SSEB 12" x 250 600ºC 2Kg/cm2 4 ±15 12000 BS10 Table D
2
SSEB 12" x 300 600ºC 2Kg/cm 6 ±20 12000 BS10 Table D
SSEB 14" x 200 600ºC 2Kg/cm2 2 ±10 12000 BS10 Table D
SSEB 14" x 250 600ºC 2Kg/cm2 4 ±15 12000 BS10 Table D
2
SSEB 14" x 300 600ºC 2Kg/cm 6 ±20 12000 BS10 Table D
SSEB 16" x 200 600ºC 2Kg/cm2 2 ±10 12000 BS10 Table D
SSEB 16" x 250 600ºC 2Kg/cm2 4 ±15 12000 BS10 Table D
2
SSEB 16" x 300 600ºC 2Kg/cm 6 ±20 12000 BS10 Table D
SSEB 18" x 200 600ºC 2Kg/cm2 2 ±10 12000 BS10 Table D
SSEB 18" x 250 600ºC 2Kg/cm2 4 ±15 12000 BS10 Table D
2
SSEB 18" x 300 600ºC 2Kg/cm 6 ±20 12000 BS10 Table D
SSEB 20" x 200 600ºC 2Kg/cm2 2 ±10 12000 BS10 Table D
SSEB 20" x 250 600ºC 2Kg/cm2 4 ±15 12000 BS10 Table D
2
SSEB 20" x 300 600ºC 2Kg/cm 6 ±20 12000 BS10 Table D
SSEB 22" x 200 600ºC 2Kg/cm2 2 ±10 12000 BS10 Table D
SSEB 22" x 250 600ºC 2Kg/cm2 4 ±15 12000 BS10 Table D
2
SSEB 22" x 300 600ºC 2Kg/cm 6 ±20 12000 BS10 Table D
SSEB 24" x 200 600ºC 2Kg/cm2 2 ±10 12000 BS10 Table D
SSEB 24" x 250 600ºC 2Kg/cm2 4 ±15 12000 BS10 Table D
2
SSEB 24" x 300 600ºC 2Kg/cm 6 ±20 12000 BS10 Table D

Compliance - ASTM F1120, EJMA 10

Material of Standard Exhaust Bellow SA 240 TP 321, SA 240 TP 304/316 also available.
Material of End Flanges IS 2062 Grade 2 (Carbon Steel)
Custom Made Bellows as per customer specification available for additional movements.
End Flanges as per customers specification available.
Accessories like nut bolts / gaskets / tie rod assembly / mating flanges available at extra cost.
Compliance - Metallic Bellows designed as EJMA USA 10th Edition.
35
 Stainless Steel
Metallic Bellow

PN - 10
Model No. Design Maximum Lateral Axial Cycle Life
Temperature Working Movement Movement End Flanges
Nominal Bore x Overall Length
upto Pressure (mm) (mm) (Cycles) Details

SSMB 2" x 150 250ºC 10Kg/cm2 2 ±10 12000 Bs10 Table E

SSMB 2½"x 150 250ºC 10Kg/cm2 2 ±10 12000 BS10 Table E
SSMB 3" x 150 250ºC 10Kg/cm2 2 ±10 12000 BS10 Table E
2
SSMB 4" x 150 250ºC 10Kg/cm 2 ±10 12000 BS10 Table E
SSMB 5" x 150 250ºC 10Kg/cm2 2 ±10 12000 BS10 Table E
SSMB 6" x 150 250ºC 10Kg/cm2 2 ±10 12000 BS10 Table E
2
SSMB 8" x 150 250ºC 10Kg/cm 2 ±10 12000 BS10 Table E
SSMB 10" x 200 250ºC 10Kg/cm2 2 ±10 12000 BS10 Table E
SSMB 12" x 200 250ºC 10Kg/cm2 2 ±10 12000 BS10 Table E
2
SSMB 14" x 200 250ºC 10Kg/cm 2 ±10 12000 BS10 Table E
SSMB 16" x 200 250ºC 10Kg/cm2 2 ±10 12000 BS10 Table E
SSMB 18" x 200 250ºC 10Kg/cm2 2 ±10 12000 BS10 Table E
2
SSMB 20" x 200 250ºC 10Kg/cm 2 ±10 12000 BS10 Table E
SSMB 22" x 200 250ºC 10Kg/cm2 2 ±10 12000 BS10 Table E
SSMB 24" x 200 250ºC 10Kg/cm2 2 ±10 12000 BS10 Table E

PN - 16
Model No. Design Maximum Lateral Axial Cycle Life
Temperature Working Movement Movement End Flanges
Nominal Bore x Overall Length
upto Pressure (mm) (mm) (Cycles) Details

SSMB 2" x 150 250ºC 16Kg/cm2 2 ±10 12000 ANSI B 16.5 # 150
SSMB 2½"x 150 250ºC 16Kg/cm2 2 ±10 12000 ANSI B 16.5 # 150
2
SSMB 3" x 150 250ºC 16Kg/cm 2 ±10 12000 ANSI B 16.5 # 150
SSMB 4" x 150 250ºC 16Kg/cm2 2 ±10 12000 ANSI B 16.5 # 150
SSMB 5" x 150 250ºC 16Kg/cm2 2 ±10 12000 ANSI B 16.5 # 150
2
SSMB 6" x 150 250ºC 16Kg/cm 2 ±10 12000 ANSI B 16.5 # 150
SSMB 8" x 150 250ºC 16Kg/cm2 2 ±10 12000 ANSI B 16.5 # 150
SSMB 10" x 200 250ºC 16Kg/cm2 2 ±10 12000 ANSI B 16.5 # 150
2
SSMB 12" x 200 250ºC 16Kg/cm 2 ±10 12000 ANSI B 16.5 # 150
SSMB 14" x 200 250ºC 16Kg/cm2 2 ±10 12000 ANSI B 16.5 # 150
SSMB 16" x 200 250ºC 16Kg/cm2 2 ±10 12000 ANSI B 16.5 # 150
2
SSMB 18" x 200 250ºC 16Kg/cm 2 ±10 12000 ANSI B 16.5 # 150
SSMB 20" x 200 250ºC 16Kg/cm2 2 ±10 12000 ANSI B 16.5 # 150
SSMB 22" x 200 250ºC 16Kg/cm2 2 ±10 12000 ANSI B 16.5 # 150
2
SSMB 24" x 200 250ºC 16Kg/cm 2 ±10 12000 ANSI B 16.5 # 150

Compliance - ASTM F1120, EJMA 10

Material of Standard Exhaust Bellow SA 240 TP 304, SA 240 TP 316/321 also available.
Material of End Flanges IS 2062 Grade 2 (Carbon Steel)
Custom Made Bellows as per customer specification available for additional movements.
End Flanges as per customers specification available.
Accessories like nut bolts / gaskets / tie rod assembly / mating flanges available at extra cost.
Compliance - Metallic Bellows designed as EJMA USA 10th Edition.
36
 Stainless Steel
Metallic Bellow

PN - 20
Model No. Design Maximum Lateral Axial Cycle Life
Temperature Working Movement Movement End Flanges
Nominal Bore x Overall Length
upto Pressure (mm) (mm) (Cycles) Details

SSMB 2" x 150 250ºC 20Kg/cm2 2 ±10 12000 ANSI B 16.5 # 150
SSMB 2½"x 150 250ºC 20Kg/cm2 2 ±10 12000 ANSI B 16.5 # 150
SSMB 3" x 150 250ºC 20Kg/cm2 2 ±10 12000 ANSI B 16.5 # 150
2
SSMB 4" x 150 250ºC 20Kg/cm 2 ±10 12000 ANSI B 16.5 # 150
SSMB 5" x 150 250ºC 20Kg/cm2 2 ±10 12000 ANSI B 16.5 # 150
SSMB 6" x 150 250ºC 20Kg/cm2 2 ±10 12000 ANSI B 16.5 # 150
2
SSMB 8" x 150 250ºC 20Kg/cm 2 ±10 12000 ANSI B 16.5 # 150
SSMB 10" x 200 250ºC 20Kg/cm2 2 ±10 12000 ANSI B 16.5 # 150
SSMB 12" x 200 250ºC 20Kg/cm2 2 ±10 12000 ANSI B 16.5 # 150
2
SSMB 14" x 200 250ºC 20Kg/cm 2 ±10 12000 ANSI B 16.5 # 150
SSMB 16" x 200 250ºC 20Kg/cm2 2 ±10 12000 ANSI B 16.5 # 150
SSMB 18" x 200 250ºC 20Kg/cm2 2 ±10 12000 ANSI B 16.5 # 150
2
SSMB 20" x 200 250ºC 20Kg/cm 2 ±10 12000 ANSI B 16.5 # 150
SSMB 22" x 200 250ºC 20Kg/cm2 2 ±10 12000 ANSI B 16.5 # 150
SSMB 24" x 200 250ºC 20Kg/cm2 2 ±10 12000 ANSI B 16.5 # 150

Compliance - ASTM F1120, EJMA 10

Material of Standard Exhaust Bellow SA 240 TP 304, SA 240 TP 316/321 also available.
Material of End Flanges IS 2062 Grade 2 (Carbon Steel)
Custom Made Bellows as per customer specification available for additional movements.
End Flanges as per customers specification available.
Accessories like nut bolts / gaskets / tie rod assembly / mating flanges available at extra cost.
Compliance - Metallic Bellows designed as EJMA USA 10th Edition.
37
 Reinforced Metallic Expansion
Joints - High Pressure Series
This model is used in cases of high internal pressures. The system involves the use of reinforcement rings located
around the outside of the convolution thus preventing the bellows being forced out of shape due to the high pres-
sures. Equalizing and Reinforcing Rings are devices used on some expansion joints fitting snugly in the roots of the
convolutions. The primary purpose of these devices is to reinforce the bellows against internal pressure. Equalizing
and reinforcing rings are made of carbon steel, stainless steel or other suitable alloys. Reinforcing rings are usually
"T" shaped in cross section and equalizing rings are generally fabricated from tubing or solid round bars of carbon
steel, stainless steel, or other suitable alloys. Bellows including reinforcing or equalizing rings can be incorporated
to any type of Expansion Joint (Axial, Lateral, Angular, etc.).

Reinforcing
Ring

PN - 25
Model No. Design Maximum Lateral Axial Cycle Life End Flanges
Nominal Bore x Overall Length
Temperature Working Movement Movement
upto Pressure (mm) (mm) (Cycles) Details
2
SSMBRR 2" x 200 250ºC 25Kg/cm 2 ±10 12000 ANSI B 16.5 #300
2
SSMBRR 2½"x 200 250ºC 25Kg/cm 2 ±10 12000 ANSI B 16.5 #300
2
SSMBRR 3" x 200 250ºC 25Kg/cm 2 ±10 12000 ANSI B 16.5 #300
2
SSMBRR 4" x 200 250ºC 25Kg/cm 2 ±10 12000 ANSI B 16.5 #300
2
SSMBRR 5" x 200 250ºC 25Kg/cm 2 ±10 12000 ANSI B 16.5 #300
2
SSMBRR 6" x 200 250ºC 25Kg/cm 2 ±10 12000 ANSI B 16.5 #300
2
SSMBRR 8" x 200 250ºC 25Kg/cm 2 ±10 12000 ANSI B 16.5 #300
2
SSMBRR 10" x 300 250ºC 25Kg/cm 2 ±10 12000 ANSI B 16.5 #300
2
SSMBRR 12" x 300 250ºC 25Kg/cm 2 ±10 12000 ANSI B 16.5 #300
2
SSMBRR 14" x 300 250ºC 25Kg/cm 2 ±10 12000 ANSI B 16.5 #300
2
SSMBRR 16" x 300 250ºC 25Kg/cm 2 ±10 12000 ANSI B 16.5 #300
2
SSMBRR 18" x 300 250ºC 25Kg/cm 2 ±10 12000 ANSI B 16.5 #300
2
SSMBRR 20" x 300 250ºC 25Kg/cm 2 ±10 12000 ANSI B 16.5 #300
2
SSMBRR 22" x 300 250ºC 25Kg/cm 2 ±10 12000 ANSI B 16.5 #300
2
SSMBRR 24" x 300 250ºC 25Kg/cm 2 ±10 12000 ANSI B 16.5 #300

Compliance - ASTM F1120, EJMA 10

Material of Standard Metallic Bellow SA 240 TP 304, SA 240 TP 316/321 also available.
Material of End Flanges IS 2062 Grade 2 (Carbon Steel)
Custom Made Bellows as per customer specification available for additional movements.
End Flanges as per customers specification available.
Accessories like nut bolts / gaskets / tie rod assembly / mating flanges available at extra cost.
Compliance - Metallic Bellows designed as EJMA USA 10th Edition.)
38
 Stainless Steel Tied
Pump Connectors

Laminated (multiply)
bellow of SS304

Flanges are carbon steel / Rst 37.2

Standard drilling is as per
ASA-150#/ASA-300# slip on plate

All components are joined by

inert gas fusion welding. the
contact surface is entirely in
stainless steel.
Restrained models are designed Stainless steel ow liner is
to protect connector from over optional on all models. Recommended
extension or over compression for server turbulent ow.
(Not in standard model)

Flange Mean Working

Overall Bellows Approx
Model No. Thickness Effective Pressure
Length (mm) Length (mm) Weight (kg)
(mm) Area (cm2) (kg)
SSTPC 80 150 120 15 56.7 12 16
SSTPC 100 150 110 20 97.4 16 16
SSTPC 125 150 110 20 151.6 18 16
SSTPC 150 150 110 20 214.2 20 16
SSTPC 200 150 100 25 382.5 31 16
SSTPC 250 200 150 25 603.2 54 16
SSTPC 300 200 150 25 864.5 67 16
SSTPC 350 200 140 30 1103.2 93 10
SSTPC 400 200 140 30 1419.3 106 10
SSTPC 450 200 140 30 1800.0 130 10
SSTPC 500 200 130 35 2206.4 142 10
SSTPC 600 250 170 40 3180.6 173 10

Rated Movements
Axial Compression - 25 mm
Axial Extension - 10 mm
Lateral Movements
DN80 TO DN 200 - 3 mm
DN250 TO DN 500 - 6 mm
DN600 - 8 mm

Compliance - ASTM F1120, EJMA 10

Material of Standard Exhaust Bellow SA 240 TP 304, SA 240 TP 316/321 also available.
Material of End Flanges IS 2062 Grade 2 (Carbon Steel)
For other drilling standard please contact our engineering department.
For higher pressure rating in bigger sixes overall length will increase and reinforced bellow will be provided
Compliance - Metallic Bellows designed as EJMA USA 10th Edition.
39
 Installation Instructions

Recommended Installation Instructions

Do's Dont's
Inspect for damage during shipment, i.e. Do not drop or strike carton.
dents, broken hardware, water marks on carton, etc. Do not remove shipping bars until installation is
Store in clean dry area where it will not be exposed to complete.
damaging environment.
Do not use chains or any lifting device directly on
Make the piping system by fitting the expansion joint the bellows or bellows cover.
first. By stretching, compressing, or offsetting the
joint to fit the piping, it may be over stressed when Do not allow weld splatter to hit unprotected
the system in service. bellows. Protect with wet chloride free asbestos.
It is good practice to leave one flange loose until the Do not use cleaning agents that contain chlorides.
expansion joint has been fitted into position. Make Do not use steel wool or wire brushes on bellows.
necessary adjustment of loose flange before welding.
Do not force-rotate one end of an expansion joint
Install joint with arrow pointing in the direction of alignment of bolt holes. Ordinary bellows are not
flow. capable of absorbing torque.
Remove all shipping devices after the installation is Do not hydrostatic pressure test or evacuate the
complete and before any pressure test of the installed system before proper installation of all guides and
system
anchors.
Remove any foreign material that may have been
Pipe hangers are not adequate guides.
lodged between the convolutions.
Refer to EJMA Standards for proper guide spacing
Do not exceed a pressure or 1½ times the rated
and anchor recommendations. working pressure of the expansion joint.
Do not use shipping bars to retain the pressure
thrust if tested prior to installation.

The manufacturer's warranty may be void if improper installation procedures have been used.

Due to policy of continual improvement, the specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
Measurements are subject to 5% tolerance.
To achieve good results do not over load fitting more than designed parameters as per drawing / catalogue.

40
 Flexible Metallic
Hose Connections
Kanwal Industrial Corporation manufactures Corrugated
Hoses and Hose Assemblies at an ultra-modern facility under
the supervision of a qualified team of engineers and
technocrats. They are suitable for wide range of chemicals, Fixed Female
Fixed Flange Pipe End
petroleum products, super heated steam, liquified gas and (Hexagon)
DIN. BS OR ASA
cooling lines.
Size : 1/4" (6mm) to 12" (300mm)
Temperature : -200ºC to 700ºC
Material : Hose S.S. 316/321/304, Braiding S.S. 304.
Fixed Male Fixed Male
End Connections (Barrel)
Welding Stub
(Hexagon)
Material of End connection : M.S., Carbon Steel, brass, G.M.
SS 304/304L/316L/321.
Type of End Connections : Threaded Type BSP, BSPT, NPT,
NPTF, METRIC, SAE, JIC.
Fittings/Flanges : We can adapt virtually any fittings and Female Union
Full Female
flanges to a metal hose - other hose products require special Swivel Flange Union (Nut/Nipple)
and significant variances. We specialize in providing flexible DIN. BS OR ASA
options. Certified Welding methods: AS4041:2006 Class 1
ASME B31.3: 2008 ASME IX:2010 AS/NZS 3992:1998
End Fittings : Manufactured from Mild Steel, Stainless Steel or
Brass. These are fitted by Argon Welding (TIG) or brazing on S.S. Full Male Union 90º Female
Hose depending upon hose type and service conditions to from Cam Action
(Swivel Male) Swept Elbow
Coupling
a complete hose assembly.
Option : Single Braided (Suffix ‘SB’), Double Braided (Suffix ‘DB’)

TECHNICAL DATA
SIZE SINGLE BRAID DOUBLE BRAID
Nominal Max. Test Burst Static Dynamic Max. Test Burst
size DN Working Pressure Bend Bend Bend Working Pressure Pressure
Inch Pressure Radius Radius Pressure
Kg/cm2 Kg/cm2 Kg/cm2 mm mm Kg/cm2 Kg/cm2 Kg/cm2
EFMHC 1/4 100 150 400 25 100 160 240 640
EFMHC 3/8 90 135 360 40 150 144 216 576
EFMHC 1/2 80 120 320 50 200 128 192 512
EFMHC 5/8 70 105 280 50 200 112 168 448
EFMHC 3/4 64 96 256 70 200 102 153 408
EFMHC 1 50 75 200 90 200 80 120 320
EFMHC 1¼ 40 60 160 110 250 64 96 256
EFMHC 1½ 32 48 128 130 250 48 72 192
EFMHC 2 28 42 112 175 350 44 66 176
EFMHC 2½ 24 36 96 200 410 42 61 152
EFMHC 3 18 27 72 205 450 28 42 112
EFMHC 4 16 24 64 230 560 26 39 104
EFMHC 5 12 18 48 280 660 20 30 80
EFMHC 6 10 15 40 320 815 16 24 64
EFMHC 8 8 12 32 435 1015 12 18 48

Due to policy of continual improvement, the specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
Measurements are subject to 5% tolerance.
To achieve good results do not over load fitting more than designed parameters as per drawing / catalogue.

41
 Flexible Metallic
Hose Pump Connector
Application
Kanwal's stainless steel pump connectors have been optimally designed for use in pipework systems for pumps
or compressors and used to suppress noise, absorb vibration, to correct and accommodate for minor lateral
misalignment or thermal movement and to adjust for any building settlement

Construction
Manufactured with AISI 304/321/316L stainless steel corrugated tubing (to BS 6501 Pt.1) with AISI 304
stainless steel single overbraid & carbon or stainless steel end fittings, TIG welded AISI 304/316 stainless steel
Corrugated Hose also available.

End Fittings
Manufactured with ASTM A36/SS304/SS316L Screwed assemblies - Threaded BSP Taper Male Hexagon or
Half Barrel Fittings Flanged assemblies, to BS10 table D/BS4504 & ANSI/ASA standards.

Installation
Braided pump connectors are not designed to absorb lateral movements and absorb vibration. For maximum
efficiency the connectors should be placed in both the suction and discharge lines as close as possible & at 90º
to the Vibration Source. They must be anchored at the pipework on the end away from the source.

Drilling

Nominal
Anchor I.D. of Overall Max. Working
Pressure At Drilling
"Easy Flex" Length
Anchor Anchor Table
Anchor
S. S. Braided Inch/mm Room Temp.
Bellow
Pump Pump EFMHPC 1/2" 6"/150 16 Bar BS 10 Tab D
EFMHPC 3/4" 6"/150 16 Bar BS 10 Tab D
EFMHPC 1" 6"/150 16 Bar BS 10 Tab D
Anchor EFMHPC 11/4" 6"/150 16 Bar BS 10 Tab D
Anchor
EFMHPC11/2" 6"/150 16 Bar BS 10 Tab D
EFMHPC 2" 6"/150 16 Bar BS 10 Tab D
Pump EFMHPC 21/2" 6"/150 16 Bar BS 10 Tab D
TYPICAL
EFMHPC 3" 6"/150 16 Bar BS 10 Tab D
INSTALLATION
EFMHPC 4" 6"/150 16 Bar BS 10 Tab D
EFMHPC 5" 6"/150 16 Bar BS 10 Tab D
EFMHPC 6" 6"/150 16 Bar BS 10 Tab D
EFMHPC 8" 6"/150 10 Bar BS 10 Tab D
EFMHPC 10" 12"/300 4.5 Bar BS 10 Tab D
EFMHPC 12" 12"/300 4.5 Bar BS 10 Tab D

Due to policy of continual improvement, the specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
Measurements are subject to 5% tolerance.
To achieve good results do not over load fitting more than designed parameters as per drawing / catalogue.

42
 SS Braided Connector
with Copper Ends
Flexible connectors are used to absorb thermal and seismic movement,
absorb hydraulic shock, provide vibration and noise dampening, ease
installation and correct minor misalignment of piping and components.
The inner hose is an annular (bellows) design. An annular hose is better
suited for pump connections because it can better sustain torsion stress
due to longitudinal expansion from rises in pressure. Metal wire braid
on a hose assembly restrains against hose elongation under higher
pressures and acts to dampen vibration. A heavy braid also increases
abrasion resistance. Optimal braid coverage will contain the core
under pressure and reduce the possibility of twisting and squirming.
The use of braided metal connectors for applications such as pumps, compressors and other mechanical
equipment can enhance the overall operation of a system.
Braided connectors have the advantages of:
2 3 4
Ÿ Longer service life C
Ÿ Increased pressure capacity 1
A
Ÿ Greater fatigue resistance due to flex
Ÿ Increased temperature capacity of media B B
Ÿ Greater protection of annular hose D

Ÿ Acceptance of thermal expansion

Suitable for use with Refrigerants

R12 R401A R407A R410A
R22 R401B R407B R410B
R23 R402A R407C R502
R125 R402B R408A R507
R134A R404A R408A R508, R509

Stainless Steel Vibration Eliminators With Copper Ends

Actual OD Dimension in mm Max. Working Burst
Part No. of Copper B D Pressure Pressure
A (±3) C (±5)
Tubing (in) (psi.) (psi.)
SLBZ10 3/8 9.6 20 1.2 300 580 3770
SLBZ12 1/2 12.8 22 1.2 300 580 3770
SLBZ15 5/8 16.0 24 1.2 300 580 3770
SLBZ20 3/4 19.2 32 1.2 300 580 3770
SLBZ22 7/8 22.2 37 1.2 300 507 2900
SLBZ25 1-1/8 28.6 46 1.5 300 507 2465
SLBZ32 1-3/8 34.9 51 1.5 300 507 2320
SLBZ40 1-5/8 41.3 57 1.5 300 493 1740
SLBZ50 2-1/8 54.0 70 2.0 300 493 1740

1 = Copper End 2 = Neck Ring 3 = SS Braid 4 = SS Corrugated Hose

43
 Metallic Flexible Connector
for Fan Coil & AHU’s

Features

Connects To Any Pipe Material GI, MS, Copper, Brass, SS or PVC

Minimizes Transmission of Vibration And Noise
Absorbs Expansion, Contraction And Misalignment
Serves As Flexible Pipe Joint or Expansion Joint
Convenient To Align And Install, Saves Labor
Low Cost option.
Each unit is individually Hydro tested before despatch.

Notes :

Standard Connector are available with female swivel BSP threaded brass end connections.
Other end connection are available please contact our Engineering Department.
Different MOC of End connections are available please contact our Engineering Department.
To order please indicate model no. or pipe size connections are overall length design pressure andt y p e o f
end connections required.

Dia Bend R. (Min) Design Standard

Model No.
(mm) (mm) Pressure Length

EFFCUC015 15 30 7 Bar 100

EFFCUC020 20 40 7 Bar 100
EFFCUC025 25 50 7 Bar 100
* Different Lengths and end fittings as per customer requirements are available.

44
 Flanged Building
Expansion Joints
EASYFLEX braided building expansion joints are used to suppress
vibration from pumps, to absorb intermittent lateral movement in
pipelines and to compensate for subsidence when pipelines cross
building movement lines. They must be installed at right angles to
the direction of movement when installed in pipelines and close to
the suction and discharge connections when used on pumps. They
are not suitable for absorbing AXIAL movement, but are an
alternative to articulated or angular expansion joints for low velocity
applications.

Type EFBBF Type EFBBFN

For use on steel pipelines and is suitable for steam and For use on copper pipelines and is suitable for
hot water for heating. This unit has stainless steel hose condensate and domestic hot water. This unit has
and overbraiding with flanges of carbon steel. stainless steel hose and overbraiding with ends
having stainless steel to all internal surfaces. Hence,
this unit is also suitable for potable water.
Nominal Minimum Overall Length Overall Length Overall Length Overall Length
Size Bend for for for for
Radius +/-3mm +/- 12mm +/- 25mm +/- 50mm
Lateral Mvt. Lateral Mvt. Lateral Mvt. Lateral Mvt.
15 165 140 200 240 340
20 225 160 230 280 370
25 260 170 250 310 400
32 300 180 280 330 440
40 340 220 330 400 520
50 390 260 390 470 610
65 500 290 430 520 680
80 525 310 470 590 770
100 625 330 510 630 820
125 750 360 550 670 880
150 900 400 630 770 1030
200 1020 440 680 830 1110
250 1220 500 750 900 1220

Other lengths and sizes are available. Design Consideration

Working Pressure The overall lengths in the table are for flexing
applications. When using these units on static
Using carbon steel PN16 flanges and single overbraid. applications, for example subsidence, they will
Nominal absorb 1.5 times the lateral movements shown.
20ºC 100ºC 150ºC
Size
Material Specifications
15-80 mm 16 bar 16 bar 14 bar Convoluted hose and overbraid are stainless steel.
100 mm 14 bar 13 bar 12 bar For steel service the flanges are carbon steel.
125 mm 10 bar 9.5 bar 8.5 bar For copper service all wetted surfaces are stainless
150 mm 8 bar 7.5 bar 7 bar
steel.
200 mm 7 bar 7.5 bar 7 bar Notice
250 mm 6 bar 4.5 bar 4 bar Braided building expansion joints should be used to
N.B. A higher working pressure can be achieved using double absorb lateral movements.
overbraid. Do not exceed the minimum bend radius.
Test Pressure:1.5 x Working Pressure. Do not stretch or twist the unit.

Due to policy of continual improvement, the specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
Measurements are subject to 5% tolerance.
To achieve good results do not over load fitting more than designed parameters as per drawing / catalogue.

45
 Flexible
Sprinkler Hose
The flexible sprinkler hose is a material of fire fighting equipment for the initial-attack of a fire. In a sprinkler
system, this flexible hose links fire protection piping to the sprinkler head.

Economic efficiency : Cost reduction in labor and other costs.

Convenient construction : The product’s great flexibility enhance field-adaptibility.
Excellent corrosion resistance : The corrugated tube is made of stainless steel.
Perfect insulation between parts completely eliminates defective factors.
Excellence in quality : KFI Test passed, UL & FM Certified.
The brand is assured by KOTRA. Developed by the company’s R & D center with 20-year know-how, the
product delivers good performance.

Non. Inlet Assembly Equivalent Length

Max. No. of
Model No. Outed Size Lenth of 1 in. Schedule
90º Bends
(n) (mm) 40 steel pipe
BRAIDED
KIC-32B-700 1 x 1/2 700 1 26
KIC-32B-1000 1 x 1/2 1000 1 36
KIC-32B-1200 1 x 1/2 1200 3 67
KIC-32B-1500 1 x 1/2 1500 3 84
KIC-32B-1800 1 x 1/2 1800 3 101
UNBRAIDED
KIC-32S-700 1 x 1/2 700 1 32
KIC-32S-1000 1 x 1/2 1000 1 42
KIC-32S-1200 1 x 1/2 1200 3 73
KIC-32S-1500 1 x 1/2 1500 3 77
KIC-32S-1800 1 x 1/2 1800 3 105

3
6 Item No. Description Material

1 1 Flexible Tube STS304

5 2 Reducer SPHT2
3 Nipple SPHT2
4 Nut SWRM6K
10
9 5 Isolation Ring Polyamide6
4 6 O-Ring NBR or EPDM
7 Bracket L SPCC
8 Bracket S SPCC
7 9 Square Bar SGCC
8 10 Bolt SWCH 10A
2

46
 Delivery

KIC-32B Braided Type

Model No. KIC-32B-700 KIC-32B-1000 KIC-32B-1200 KIC-32B-1500 KIC-32B-1800

Length 700 mm 1000 mm 1200 mm 1500 mm 1800 mm
*Standard outside order production

KIC-32S Unbraided Type

Model No. KIC-32S-700 KIC-32S-1000 KIC-32S-1200 KIC-32S-1500 KIC-32S-1800

Length 700 mm 1000 mm 1200 mm 1500 mm 1800 mm
*Standard outside order production

Specification
Inlet : 1” PT or 1” NPT
Outlet : 1/2” (3/4”)PT or 1/2” (3/4”)NPT
System : Dry & Wet System
Square Bar : 700mm - 1500mm
Accessories

47
 Delivery
KIC-SPJ-A Type

Model No. KIC-SPJ-A500 KIC-SPJ-A700 KIC-SPJ-A1000 KIC-SPJ-1200 KIC-SPJ-A1500 KIC-SPJ-A1800 KIC-SPJ-A2000 KIC-SPJ-A3000
Length 500 mm 700 mm 1000 mm 1200 mm 1500 mm 1800 mm 2000 mm 3000 mm
*Standard outside order production

APT Type Bracket Installation Instruction

Min. Height

Specification
Inlet : 1” PT or W/D Type
Max. Height

Outlet : 1/2” PT
System : Dry & Wet System
2
Max. Pressure : 14 Kgf/cm

Height Range of the Bracket for Apartment

Bracket Length Standards A B C D E F

Min. height 80 mm 100 mm 120 mm 150 mm 180 mm 200 mm
Brass Elbow
Mix. height 110 mm 130 mm 150 mm 180 mm 210 mm 230 mm
Min. height 80 mm 100 mm 120 mm 150 mm 180 mm 200 mm
A105 Elbow
Mix. height 135 mm 155 mm 175 mm 205 mm 235 mm 255 mm

48
 Installation

Connect the nipple to the water branch line. Connect sprinkler flexible hose to
nipple. Apply an aerobic pipe joint compound or Teflon tape to the beanch line
threads of the nipple. Secure firmly with pipe wrench for leak proof connection
(Main Pipe+Nipple torque : 850 900 kg.cm Nut + Nipple Nut + Reducer Torque :
200 kg.cm). At this stage of installation, bolts needs to be fastended loosely.
(bracket(S) Torque : 45 kg.cm)

Assemble the supplied bracket and square bar as shown in the picture and attach
the square Bar to the T-bar with supplied brackets and bolts considering the
horizontal location of the sprinkler head. At this stage of installation, bolts needs to
be fastended loosely. (bracket(S) Torque : 45 kg.cm)

Verify that reducer is located in the correct intended position before securing the
bracket. Check and adjust the reducer position by moving vertically and
horizontally along the square Bar. The distance in between the end of spiral of
reducer and the side of bracket (L) shall keep over than minimum 20mm (Bracket(L)
torque : 65kg.cm) when assemble the reducer through the bracket(L). Tighten all
the bolts securely and evenly.

Connect sprinkler head to the reducer. Apply an un-aerobic pipe joint compound or
Teflon taps to the NPT male threads of the sprinkler head according to the sprinkler
head manufacture's instruction. Conduct pressure test.

Product Test

Leak Test Salt Spray Test Bending Test

Fitting & Vibration Test Pressure Stress Test Pressure & Cycling Test

49
 Industries & Applications

Power Generation
Fossil Fired Plants
Combined Cycle Plants
Industrial Gas Turbines
CFBs (Fluidized Bed Boilers)
Nuclear Plants.

Pulp & Paper Plants

Chemical Applications
Paper Processing
Power and Recover Boilers
Fans / Blowers

Petrochemical
By product Incinerators
Elevated Temperatures (>2000º F)
Severe Chemical Attack Refineries.

Environmental Applications
SCR & NO2 Systems
Waster Water Treatment Plants
Waste & Recycling Incinerators
Stack & Chimney Seals
CEMs.

Heavy Industrial
Foundries
Steel Mills
Cement Plants
Aluminum Plants
Kilns & Smelters

Others
HVAC
Marine
Food Processing
HRSG / Co Generation
Chemical Processing

50
 Flexible Duct
Connector
Introduction
In order to isolate vibrations caused by air handling units, fans or other equipment connected to air ducts, it is
highly recommended to install a flexible duct connector joint between the outlet of these devices and the airduct. It
is necessary to select an airtight and flexible cloth, with good weathering qualities and one which will withstand the
temperatures inside and outside the duct. Duct being generally made of steel, the main difficulty is to fasten the
cloth to it in order to obtain a perfectly airtight joint. Easyflex duct connectors are perfect for this job.

Easyflex offers you a pre-assembled airtight and mechanically resistant flexible duct connector. It consists of astrip
of treated cloth, attached on both sides to strips of galvanised steel, using a strong mechanical joint and providing
airtightness. In order to meet the requirements of each kind of installation Easyflex has especially developed a
wide range of pre-assembled, ready to use duct connectors which offer a quick, easy, economical and efficient
method of assembly.

Easyflex flexible duct connector is available in various steel thicknesses, cloth qualities, cloth widths, steel widths
and types of seam. Air handling unit manufacturers will, by using narrower widths, be able to produce more
compact air handling units, with savings of weight, volume and cost.

Standard Fabrics
Fabric RO-(Robust) EO-(Neoprene) PU-(Polyurethane) SI-(Silicona)

Backing Polyester Glassfiber Glassfiber Glassfiber

Coating PVC Neoprene Polyurethane Silicone
Colour Dark grey / Black Black Aluminium grey Aluminium grey
Fire Resistance BS 476 Part 7 Class 1 400ºC/2h - M0 BS 476 Part 7 Class 1
M1 M1/M0
Weight Backing 160 gr/sq.m. 520 gr/sq.m. 410 gr/sq.m. 410 gr/sq.m.
Coating 440 gr/sq.m. 2 x 125 gr/sq.m. 2 x 20 gr/sq.m. 2 x 20 gr/sq.m.
Total 600 gr/sq.m. 660 gr/sq.m. 450 gr/sq.m. 450 gr/sq.m.
Temperatures -30º / +70ºC -20º / +100ºC -50º / +200ºC -50º / +200ºC
Use Very good mechanical Very good mechanical Fragile fabric but Fragile fabric but
resistance resistance. “M0 - 400ºC/2h “M0 - 400ºC/2h
Flame Resistant “Hardly Flammable classified classified
classified

51
 Flexible Duct
Connector
Flexible duct connector Type LOC 4 - steel 0.4 mm (28 ga.)
European Standard
Type B C B L
45 60 45 25 mts.
Rox
45 100 45 25 mts.
45 150 45 25 mts.
70 150 45 25 mts.
45 100 45 25 mts.
LOC 4 45 125 45 25 mts.
Neo
45 150 45 25 mts.
100 150 100 15 mts.
35 150 35 25 mts.

B C B How to order? (example)

Silicon
45 100 45 25 mts.
45 150 45 25 mts.
RO - 45 - 60 - 25
A = thickness of steel: 0.4mm (ga.) 100 150 100 15 mts.

B = steel width = L = length of roll (m)

C = fabric width = C = fabric width (mm)

= B = steel width (mm)
L = length of roll: 25 m (others on request)
= Fabric type (RO=Robust)

Recommended assembly method

Ensure that the notched side of the connector faces outward and position the joint in the middle
of a side rather than at a corner.

At a notch, cut a length Lift the seam outwards Make a cut at the edge
equivalent to the perimeter at right angle of the lifted seam section
required plus an overlap of
5 to 6 cm (2") for joining

Bend down the seam Coat the cloth with the Spotweld the steel
whilst ensuring that the appropriate adhesive. and form to the
cloth remains fastened Join both sides and desired shape
press together firmly

52
 Flexible Duct
Connector

Robust (RO)
Flexible Duct Connector - PVC/Vinyl coated fabric

Excellent mechanical resistance.

Excellent tear and tensile strength.
Excellent water resistance
All purpose fabric
High temp. : 160º F (+70ºC)
Flame Resistant

Neoprene (EO)
Flexible Duct Connector - Neoprene coated fabric

Excellent mechanical resistance

"Hardy Flammable" classified
Very good chemical resistance
High temp. : 210ºF (100ºC)

Silicone (SI)
Flexible Duct Connector - Silicone coated fabric

Excellent high temp. Resistance : 530ºF (280ºC)

Very good low temp. Resistance : -40ºF (-40ºC)
Very low smoke emission
Very good chemical resistance
Excellent ozone and weathering resistance

53
Isolex
Made of fiberglass insulation between two layers of fabrics.
"R" value : 4.5
Insulation thickness : 1" (25mm)
Insulation density : 1-1/2 lbs/cft
High temp. : 160ºF (70ºC)

54
 Circular Straight Sleeves
Introduction
In order to isolate vibrations caused by air handing units, fans or other
equipment connected to air ducts, it is highly recommended to install a flexible
connector joint between the outlet of these devices and the airduct. It is
necessary to select an airtight and flexible cloth, with good weathering
qualities and one which will withstand the temperatures inside and outside the
duct. Duct being generally made of steel, the main difficulty is to fasten the
cloth to it in order to obtain a perfectly airtight joint.

Easyflex circular straight sleeve connectors are perfect for this job.

The circular straight sleeves can be produced for any diameter, They
are made from Polyurethane cloth strips (M0 and 400ºC/2h
classified) 160 mm wide and the ends are sewn with a strong, high-
temprature thread. Each sleeve is supplied with two suitable clamps.
Assembly takes place by sliding the sleeve over the external diameter
of the circular duct and its matching part and clamping each end. This
is simple and efficient and affords perfect airtightness.

Fabric
Glassfiber coated with polyurethane on both sides
Fire resistance : M0 and 400ºC/2h
Sewn with high temperature thread
Other fabrics available on request

Fastening bands
Galvanised steel strip
Thickness : 0,4 mm
Width : 8 mm
Length of the steel bands : (perimeter of the sleeve x2) + 5cm
Security clamp with “ Cotter Pin Fastening “

Packaging
Individual bags with one circular straight sewn
fabric sleeve finished to required size and two
fastening clamps with fasteners
Sold in cartons of 10 individual bags (5 bags for
diameters over 900 mm)

55
 Circular Straight Sleeves

The nominal diameter correspond to standard nominal duct diameters.

The actual diameter of the circular straight sleeve is slightly larger to enable the
sleeve to be slid on the ducts.

Nominal Description
Width Code
diameter
125 mm 160 mm 121125 MAN160 - Ø 125
160 mm 160 mm 121160 MAN160 - Ø 160
200 mm 160 mm 121200 MAN160 - Ø 200
Method of application
250 mm 160 mm 121250 MAN160 - Ø 250 2
280 mm 160 mm 121280 MAN160 - Ø 280
315 mm 160 mm 121315 MAN160 - Ø 315 1
355 mm 160 mm 121355 MAN160 - Ø 355
400 mm 160 mm 121400 MAN160 - Ø 400
450 mm 160 mm 121450 MAN160 - Ø 450
500 mm 160 mm 121500 MAN160 - Ø 500
560 mm 160 mm 121560 MAN160 - Ø 560
630 mm 160 mm 121630 MAN160 - Ø 630
710 mm 160 mm 121710 MAN160 - Ø 710
800 mm 160 mm 121800 MAN160 - Ø 800 Roll the steelband twice passing
900 mm 160 mm 121900 MAN160 - Ø 900 underneath the axle and leave 3
1000 mm 160 mm 122000 MAN160 - Ø 1000 to 4 cm slack
1120 mm 160 mm 122120 MAN160 - Ø 1120 Insert the steelband in the axle
1250 mm 160 mm 122250 MAN160 - Ø 1250 and turn it clockwise until the
slack has disappeared

Other sizes on request.

Other fabrics on request.

Fabric only
Easyflex can also supply its range of fabrics only pre-cut to any
desired width.

56
 Wrap-on Flexible Duct
Connector Style : EFWODC

FLEXIBILITY : ± 10 MM OR MORE
TEMPERATURE : UPTO 100° C
PRESSURE RANGE : -3000mm WC. TO +3000mm WC.
STANDARD WIDTH : 150 MM / 200 MM
STANDARD LENGTH : UPTO 5 Meter Rolls
Available in 3 basic types :
Ÿ Full Width Fabric.
Ÿ With GI / Aluminum Metal edges covered with fabric.
Ÿ With GI / Aluminum Metal edges partly covered with fabric.

Easyex WRAP-ON Flexible Duct Connector will met every type of installation requirement in hospitals,
ofces, large buildings, factories, institutions etc.

Maximum design freedom - does not need to be excessively large than ducting.

Connectors will effectively isolate Vibration, Noise & Rattles resulting from operation of Fans & blowers.

Connectors will protect duct work and ancillary equipment from the effect of Vibration, Movements &
Misalignment.

Connectors can be used on both cool and warm side of air conditioning systems - highly suitable for duct
carrying heavily moisture laden air.

Durable construction - Neoprene impregnated and leak proofed fabric is re retardant, resists grease,
gasoline vapours, acids, moisture, mildew, etc.

Ÿ Tear resistant.
Ÿ Excellent exing properties.
Ÿ Low resistance to deection.
Ÿ Combination of metal & fabric give added strength & exibility.
Ÿ Fire Retardent Neoprene Rubber

VIBRATION ISOLATION AXIAL EXPANSION

AXIAL CONTRACTION LATERAL DEFLECTION

Higher Thickness/Length/Polymers available please contact our engineering department.

57
 Self-Adhesive
Fabric Pad
Features
To produce a neat, airtight and consistent joint for
flexible duct connectors.
Made from Robust or Neoprene fabric combined with a
pre-glued tape for simple assembly
Just remove the release paper backing and carefully
place the pad over the joint.

Code Description Description Description Packaging

WxL
191106 RO-ADH-50x60 50x60mm 100 pcs
RO-Robust
191110 RO-ADH-50x100 50x100mm 100 pcs
(PVC-Vinyl)
191114 RO-ADH-50x140 50x140mm 100 pcs
198106 ROX-ADH-50x60 50x60mm 100 pcs
ROX-Robust
198110 ROX-ADH-50x100 50x100mm 100 pcs
(PVC-Vinyl – light grey)
198140 ROX-ADH-50x140 50x140mm 100 pcs
191206 NEO-ADH -50x60 50x60mm 100 pcs
191210 NEO-ADH -50x100 NEO-Neoprene 50x100mm 100 pcs
191214 NEO-ADH -50x140 50x140mm 100 pcs

Code Description Packaging

191001 DST01-50x50 (Double sided adhesive only) Rolls 50mmx50m

58
 Fabric Rolls for Flexible
Connections
Introduction
In order to isolate vibrations caused by air handling units, fans or other
equipment connected to air ducts, it is highly recommended to install a
flexible connector joint between the outlet of these devices and the airduct.
It is necessary to select an airtight and flexible cloth, with good weathering
qualities and one which will withstand the temperatures inside and outside
the duct. Duct being generally made of steel, the main difficulty is to fasten
the cloth to it in order to obtain a perfectly airtight joint. Easyflex Fabric
connectors with clamps are perfect for this job.

Easyflex offers you rolls of high quality airtight and mechanically resistant
fabric strip of treated cloth. The roll ensures that the flexible connector can
be cut to different sizes and can be used easily at sites.

Easyflex flexible Fabic connector is available in various cloth qualities, cloth widths as below. Air handling
unit manufacturers will, by using narrower widths, be able to produce more compact air handling units,
with savings of weight, volume and cost.

Standard Fabrics
Fabric RO-(Robust) EO-(Neoprene) PU-(Polyurethane) SI-(Silicona)

Backing Polyester Glassfiber Glassfiber Glassfiber

Coating PVC Neoprene Polyurethane Silicone
Colour Dark grey / Black Black Aluminium grey Aluminium grey
Fire Resistance BS 476 Part 7 Class 1 400ºC/2h - M0 BS 476 Part 7 Class 1
M1 M1/M0
Weight Backing 160 gr/sq.m. 520 gr/sq.m. 410 gr/sq.m. 410 gr/sq.m.
Coating 440 gr/sq.m. 2 x 125 gr/sq.m. 2 x 20 gr/sq.m. 2 x 20 gr/sq.m.
Total 600 gr/sq.m. 660 gr/sq.m. 450 gr/sq.m. 450 gr/sq.m.
Temperatures -30º / +70ºC -20º / +100ºC -50º / +200ºC -50º / +200ºC
Use Very good mechanical Very good mechanical Fragile fabric but Fragile fabric but
resistance resistance. “M0 - 400ºC/2h “M0 - 400ºC/2h
Flame Resistant “Hardly Flammable classified classified
classified

Standard width of 150mm, 200mm, 300mm available.

Also available in square meter basis on request, please contact our Engineering Department.

59
 Fastening Band &
Locking Device
General description

The CBR fastening band allows you to create a custom made fastening band.
The band is supplied in a dispenser with markings for easy and efcient cuts
at the appropriate length.
The CLD locking device is specially designed to t our CBR band. Thanks to
it tilting screw cage it is easy to adjust at proper perimeter or length.
Fastening bands are used for quick and easy tightening of exible ducts.

Technical description

MATERIAL stainless steel AISI 430 EN

BAND LENGTH roll of 30 m
CBR WIDTH 9 mm
THICKNESS 0,6 mm

LOCKING DEVICE MATERIAL zinc coated steel, passivation free of Cr6+

CLD SCREW Hexagonal head Phillips end slotted

60
 Seismic Kit
AN INTRODUCTION TO EASYFLEX SEISMIC KIT

Easyflex Seismic Kit are designed and engineered to brace andsecure non-structural equipment and services
within a building or structure to minimise earthquake damage to suspended services.

Easyflex Seismic Kit are ideal for use on non-structural equipment and services requiring seismic support, such
as essential facilities that are required for emergency operations in the aftermath of an earthquake.

Advantages:

- Complete pre-engineered systems

- Easyflex offer a complete system
- No additional swaging required on site
- Up to 10 times faster to install
- No tools required

THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN STRUCTURAL AND NON-STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS

Structural components are made up of roofs, floors, beams, columns, foundations, walls, whereas non-
structural components are architectural elements, mechanical and electrical equipment and supplies and
other building furniture.

Non-Structural components are very important in the correct functioning of a building in the aftermath of
an earthquake. Bracing these systems ensures higher safety levels for the occupants of the building.

EASYFLEX SEISMIC KIT AND IDENTIFICATION

The Easyflex Seismic Kit are available in kit form, comprising:

- Pre-determined length of wire, with a seismic bracket end
- Seismic rod bracket
- Easyflex

61
 Seismic Kit
Easyflex Seismic Kit are colour coded so as to ensure easy recognition of wire diameter in buildings:

EFSK-xR EFSK-xB EFSK-xGY EFSK-xN

EASYFLEX SEISMIC KIT - FAZ II CEILING ANCHOR INSTALLATION OF THE FAZ II

Step 1: Drill the hole by using the correct metric bit diameter. Drill hole to minimum required hole
depth or deeper

Step 2: Remove drilling debris with a blowout bulb or with compressed air

Step 3: Using a hammer, tap the anchor through the part being fastened into the drilled hole until
the washer is in contact with the fastened part. Make sure that the minimum required effective
anchorage depth is kept and that the maximum thickness of fixture is not exceeded

Step 4: Using a torque wrench, apply the specified installation torque

FAZ II INSTALLED

1) Effective anchorage depth

2) Thickness of fixture

3) Drill hole depth

4) Min thickness of concrete member

1)

2)
5) Distance between the embedded
5)
end of the anchor and the concrete
3) surface

62
 Seismic Kit
EASYFLEX SEISMIC KIT - BRACING METHODS
There are two different types of seismic bracing methods:
- Transverse Bracing
- Longitudinal Bracing

FAZ II
CEILING ANCHOR

Transverse Bracing

HANGER ROD WITH STIFFENER

ANCHOR POINT

EASYFLEX CERTIFIED WIRE

EASYLOCK SEISMIC LOCKING DEVICE

BRACE ANGLE
(30-55 DEGREES)

CIRCULAR DUCT

Transverse bracing restrains seismic forces perpendicular to a run of braced piping, equipment
or ductwork. During an earthquake, a vertical force may be generated, therefore rod stiffeners
are required so as to ensure the rod does not buckle.

MAXIMUM BRACE SPACING LIMITS FOR TRANSVERSE BRACING:

MATERIAL TYPE PIPING DIAMETER SPACING

Ductile Minimum 63mm 12 Metres

Ductile Maximum 63mm 9 Metres
Non-Ductile 6 Metres

63
 Seismic Bracing Systems
Longitudinal Bracing
ANCHOR POINT

HANGER ROD
WITH STIFFENER

EASYFLEX CERTIFIED WIRE

RECTANGULAR
DUCT
FAZ II
CEILING ANCHOR
EASYLOCK SEISMIC LOCKING DEVICE

STRUT

ANCHOR POINT

EASYFLEX CERTIFIED WIRE

EASYLOCK SEISMIC LOCKING DEVICE

BRACE ANGLE
(30-60 DEGREES) RECTANGULAR DUCT

Longitudinal bracing restrains seismic forces parallel to a run of braced piping or ductwork. During an earthquake,
a vertical force may be generated, therefore rod stiffeners are required so as to ensure the rod does not buckle.

MAXIMUM BRACE SPACING LIMITS FOR TRANSVERSE BRACING:

MATERIAL TYPE PIPING DIAMETER SPACING

Ductile Minimum 63mm 12 Metres

Ductile Maximum 63mm 9 Metres
Non-Ductile 6 Metres

64
 Seismic Kit
EASYFLEX SEISMIC KIT - PRODUCT CODES

SAFE WORKING
PRODUCT CODE DESCRIPTION
LOAD

EFSK-2R Seismic Kit R 2 Metres 100kg

EFSK-3R Seismic Kit R 3 Metres 100kg
EFSK-5R Seismic Kit R 5 Metres 100kg
EFSK-2B Seismic Kit B 2 Metres 266kg
EFSK-3B Seismic Kit B 3 Metres 266kg
EFSK-5B Seismic Kit B 5 Metres 266kg
EFSK-2GY Seismic Kit GY 2 Metres 612kg
EFSK-3GY Seismic Kit GY 3 Metres 612kg
EFSK-5GY Seismic Kit GY 5 Metres 612kg
EFSK-2N Seismic Kit N 2 Metres 1200kg
EFSK-3N Seismic Kit N 3 Metres 1200kg
EFSK-5N Seismic Kit N 5 Metres 1200kg
EFSKB/R 45 Degree Bracing Bracket for Rod Suspensions N/A
FAZ II M10 M10/M12 & M16 Seismic Strength Anchor N/A

EASYFLEX SEISMIC KIT - INSTALLATION STEPS

Insert Pass cable Insert cable

cable into though or back into
EasyLock around anchor EasyLock
point

Please refer to Appendix 4 for installation of particular systems

65
 Seismic Bracing Systems
AN INTRODUCTION TO EASYFLEX SEISMIC BRACING SYSTEMS

Easyflex Seismic Bracing Systems are designed and engineered to brace andsecure non-structural equipment
and services within a building or structure to minimise earthquake damage to suspended services.

Easyflex Seismic Bracing Systems are ideal for use on non-structural equipment and services requiring seismic
support, such as essential facilities that are required for emergency operations in the aftermath of an
earthquake.

Advantages:

- Complete pre-engineered systems

- Easyflex offer a complete system
- No additional swaging required on site
- Up to 10 times faster to install
- No tools required

THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN STRUCTURAL AND NON-STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS

Structural components are made up of roofs, floors, beams, columns, foundations, walls, whereas non-
structural components are architectural elements, mechanical and electrical equipment and supplies and
other building furniture.

Non-Structural components are very important in the correct functioning of a building in the aftermath of
an earthquake. Bracing these systems ensures higher safety levels for the occupants of the building.

EASYFLEX SEISMIC BRACING SYSTEMS - KITS AND IDENTIFICATION

The Easyflex Seismic Bracing Systems are available in kit form, comprising:
- Pre-determined length of wire, with a seismic bracket end
- Seismic rod bracket
- Easyflex

61
 Seismic Bracing Systems
Easyflex Seismic Systems are colour coded so as to ensure easy recognition of
wire diameter in buildings:

- Red = 2mm cable

- Blue = 3mm cable
- Green / Yellow = 4mm cable

SB/PLEK R SB/PLEK B SB/PLEK GY

EASYFLEX SEISMIC BRACING SYSTEMS - FAZ II CEILING ANCHOR

INSTALLATION OF THE FAZ II

Step 1: Drill the hole by using the correct metric bit diameter. Drill hole to minimum required hole
depth or deeper

Step 2: Remove drilling debris with a blowout bulb or with compressed air

Step 3: Using a hammer, tap the anchor through the part being fastened into the drilled hole until
the washer is in contact with the fastened part. Make sure that the minimum required effective
anchorage depth is kept and that the maximum thickness of fixture is not exceeded

Step 4: Using a torque wrench, apply the specified installation torque

FAZ II INSTALLED

1) Effective anchorage depth

2) Thickness of fixture

3) Drill hole depth

4) Min thickness of concrete member

1)

2)
5) Distance between the embedded
5)
end of the anchor and the concrete
3) surface

62
 Seismic Bracing Systems
EASYFLEX SEISMIC BRACING SYSTEMS - BRACING METHODS
There are two different types of seismic bracing methods:
- Transverse Bracing
- Longitudinal Bracing

FAZ II
CEILING ANCHOR

Transverse Bracing

HANGER ROD WITH STIFFENER

ANCHOR POINT

EASYFLEX CERTIFIED WIRE

EASYFLEX SEISMIC LOCKING DEVICE

BRACE ANGLE
(30-55 DEGREES)

CIRCULAR DUCT

Transverse bracing restrains seismic forces perpendicular to a run of braced piping

or ductwork. During an earthquake, a vertical force may be generated, therefore rod
stiffeners are required so as to ensure the rod does not buckle.

MAXIMUM BRACE SPACING LIMITS FOR TRANSVERSE BRACING:

MATERIAL TYPE PIPING DIAMETER SPACING

Ductile Minimum 63mm 12 Metres

Ductile Maximum 63mm 9 Metres
Non-Ductile 6 Metres

63
 Seismic Bracing Systems
Longitudinal Bracing

ANCHOR POINT

HANGER ROD
WITH STIFFENER

EASYFLEX CERTIFIED WIRE

RECTANGULAR
DUCT
FAZ II
CEILING ANCHOR
EASYFLEX SEISMIC LOCKING DEVICE

HANGER ROD WITH STIFFENER

STRUT

ANCHOR POINT

EASYFLEX CERTIFIED WIRE

EASYFLEX SEISMIC LOCKING DEVICE

BRACE ANGLE
(30-55 DEGREES) RECTANGULAR DUCT

Longitudinal bracing restrains seismic forces parallel to a run of braced piping or ductwork. During an earthquake,
a vertical force may be generated, therefore rod stiffeners are required so as to ensure the rod does not buckle.

MAXIMUM BRACE SPACING LIMITS FOR TRANSVERSE BRACING:

MATERIAL TYPE PIPING DIAMETER SPACING

Ductile Minimum 63mm 12 Metres

Ductile Maximum 63mm 9 Metres
Non-Ductile 6 Metres

64
 Seismic Bracing Systems
EASYFLEX SEISMIC BRACING SYSTEMS - PRODUCT CODES

PRODUCT SAFE WORKING

DESCRIPTION
CODE LOAD

SB/PLEK2R Seismic Restraint System R 2 Metres 193lbs 2:1 SF

SB/PLEK3R Seismic Restraint System R 3 Metres 193lbs 2:1 SF
SB/PLEK5R Seismic Restraint System R 5 Metres 193lbs 2:1 SF
SB/PLEK2B Seismic Restraint System B 2 Metres 462lbs 2:1 SF
SB/PLEK3B Seismic Restraint System B 3 Metres 462lbs 2:1 SF
SB/PLEK5B Seismic Restraint System B 5 Metres 462lbs 2:1 SF
SB/PLEK2GY Seismic Restraint System GY 2 Metres 886lbs 2:1 SF
SB/PLEK3GY Seismic Restraint System GY 3 Metres 886lbs 2:1 SF
SB/PLEK5GY Seismic Restraint System GY 5 Metres 886lbs 2:1 SF
SB/PLEK2BK Seismic Restraint System BK 2 Metres 1848lbs 2:1 SF
SB/PLEK3BK Seismic Restraint System BK 3 Metres 1848lbs 2:1 SF
SB/PLEK5BK Seismic Restraint System BK 5 Metres 1848lbs 2:1 SF
SB/R 45 Degree Bracing Bracket for Rod Suspensions N/A
FAZ II M10 M10 Seismic Strength Anchor 528lbs 5:1 SF

EASYFLEX SEISMIC BRACING SYSTEMS - CLIP INSTALLATION

- Pass the wire through the easyflex

- Loop the wire through the fixing bracket
- Pass the wire back through the easyflex allowing 15cm of wire protruding
- Apply tension

Please refer to Appendix 4 for installation of particular systems

65
 Seismic Bracing Systems
TYPICAL INSTALLATION IMAGES - TRANSVERSE BRACING

TYPICAL INSTALLATION IMAGES - LONGITUDINAL BRACING

66
 Rod Bracing Clamps
Description

The EFRBC Series are designed to securely attach a length of steel angle
to a conventional hanging threaded rod.
The EFRBC hanging rod stiffener clamps consist of a one piece bright zinc
plated 0.180” thick formed metal stamping, complete with attachment
bolt and locknut.
The EFRBC rod stiffener clamps are manufactured in two (2) models.
EFRBC-B clamp is designed to accept angles ranging in size form 1” x 1” x
1/8” thick, up to 1-1/2” x 1-1/2” x 1/4” thick, and rod sizes ranging from
3/8” up to 1-1/8” in diameter.
EFRBC-C clamp is designed to accept angles ranging in size from 1-3/4” x
1-3/4” x 3/16” thick, up to 2-1/2” x 2-1/2” x 1/4” thick, and rod sizes
ranging from 3/8” up to 1-1/2” in diameter.

Applications
The EFRBC hanging rod stiffener clamps are required in order to brace threaded rod when this rod is used to suspend
piping, ductwork, and hanging equipment in a seismic zone. Suspended threaded rod, when subjected to seismic
forces, can buckle and fail when these forces put the rod in compression. Auxiliary steel stiffening angles are therefore
used to brace and to stiffen the threaded rod. EFRBC Model hanging rod stiffener clamps are designed to easily and
securely attache these bracing angles to the threaded rod, using common hand tools.
The design of the EFRBC clamp allows the installation of the angle bracing without the requirement to disassemble the
hanging rod. This feature makes the EFRBC clamp ideal for use in retrofit installations.
Seismic building codes should be referenced in order to datermine the size and thickness of the bracing angle, as well
as the quantity of attachment clamps required.

Model EFRBC
Rod Stiffener Kit

67
 Rod Bracing Clamps

Specifications Installation Instruction

Seismic rod stiffener angle bracing shall be securely attached to Check project drawing and
hanging thread rod by a series of attachment clamps. Attachment specifications for quantity, size, and
clamps shall be manufactured from a one piece metal stamping, location of angle bracing and EFRBC
and shall include all required attachment hardware and locking clamps.
nuts. Attachment clamps shall be bright zinc plated for corrosion
Place stiffening angle along side
protection. Attachment clamps shall be capable of installation or
threaded rod, centering along the
removal without the need to disassemble the suspended
length of the rod.
equipment.
Loosen the attachment bolt on the
Attachment clamps made from aluminum, steel, or iron castings
EFRBC clamps and slide the clamp over
can be brittle and shall not be acceptable for use in seismic
the angle brace, positioning the end of
applications.
the attachment bolt against the
Seismic rod stiffener angle attachment clamps shall be capable of threaded rod as shown in the EFRBC
attaching angles ranging in size from 1” x 1” x 1/2” thick up to 2- submittal drawings.
1/2” x 1/4” thick, to threaded rod ranging in size from 3/8” to 1-
Turn the EFRBC attachment bolt down
1/2” diameter.
onto the threaded rod, tightening the
Sdismic rod stiffener angle attachment clamps shall include locking bolt finger tight plus one (1) turn.
hardware to prevent any potential for loosening due to (piping)
Turn the locking nut on the EFRBC
(ductwork) (suspended equipment) operational vibration. Seismic
adjustment bolt tight against the clamp
clamps shall be capable of installation using common hand tools,
body to prevent any potential for the
with no specialized or unique installation tools required.
adjustment bolt to become loose.
Seismic rod stiffener angle attachment clamps shall be Model
EFRBC as manufactured by Easyflex.

A B C D E F
Model in. mm in. mm in. mm * Hex HD. Bolt * Hex Jam Nut Max Rod Size
EFRBC-B 1.38 35 3.13 79 2.00 51 3/8-16 UNC X 2.0* 3/8-16 UNC* 1-1/8 (28)
EFRBC-C 1.38 35 4.44 113 2.13 54 3/8-16 UNC X 2.0* 3/8-16 UNC* 1-1/8 (38)

B
A
Model AISC Standard Metric F
EFRBC-B 1 x 1 x 1/8 25 x 25 x 3 G
EFRBC-B 1-1/4 x 1-1/4 x 1/4 30 x 30 x 5
EFRBC-B 1-1/2 x 1-1/2 x 1/4 40 x 40 x 6
EFRBC-C 1-3/4 x 1-3/4 x 1/4 45 x 45 x 6
C

EFRBC-C 2 x 2 x 1/4 50 x 50 x 6
EFRBC-C 2 x 2 x 3/8 50 x 50 x 8
EFRBC-C 2-1/2 x 2-1/2 x 1/4 60 x 60 x 6

E
D

68
 Restrained Spring
Features
Mountings
The EFRSM mounting has been designed specifically for applications where transmission of low frequency
machinery vibration to a building structure must be reduced to avoid physical damage or annoyance to the
occupants.
Vertical and lateral restraint is provided to control movement of the mounted equipment when subjected to
external forces. This could otherwise be excessive due to the low stiffness Springs required to provide isolation of
low frequency vibration.
Equipment located at roof level can be successfully mounted on the EFRSM units as any movement caused by high
wind loads will be limited. Cooling tower and chillers which contain large volumes of liquid will benefit from
installation on EFRSM mountings because during” draining down” upward movement is restricted thus avoiding
damage to pipework and electrical connections
F dia

G B

D
Type A A
B crs
Free
ht.

J E
H dia C
crs
HD
bolts

Type B

DEFLECTION DIMENSIONS (mm)

PART NO. COLOUR RATED
AT RATED
(TYPE A) CODE LOAD (kg) LOAD (mm) A B C D E F G
EFRSM25/30 Yellow 30 25
EFRSM25/60 Green 60 25
EFRSM25/100 Blue 100 25 120 168 75 200 12 M10 10
EFRSM25/160 White 160 25
EFRSM25/250 Red 250 25

PART NO. RATED DEFLECTION DIMENSIONS (mm)

COLOUR
AT RATED
(TYPE B) CODE LOAD (kg) LOAD (mm) A B C D E F H J
EFRSM 25/200 Red 200 25
EFRSM 25/300 Purple 300 25
EFRSM 25/400 Grey 400 25
EFRSM 25/500 Orange 500 25 165 220 100 250 15 M16 16 75
EFRSM 25/600 Brown 600 25
EFRSM 25/700 Orange 700 25
EFRSM 25/800 Black 800 25
EFRSM 25/650 Yellow 650 27
EFRSM 25/850 Green 800 25 187 215 100 250 15 M16 16 70
EFRSM 25/1050 Blue 1050 25
EFRSM 25/1250 White 1250 25
EFRSM 25/1300 Red 1300 27
EFRSM 25/1600 Purple 1600 25 234 280 180 330 21 M24 16 140
EFRSM 25/2000 Grey 2000 26
EFRSM 25/2300 Brown 2300 29
EFRSM 50/100 Yellow 100 50
EFRSM 50/200 Green 200 50
EFRSM 50/300 Blue 300 50 200 220 100 250 15 M16 16 75
EFRSM 50/400 White 400 50
EFRSM 50/500 Black 500 50

Compliance - Springs designed according to BS 1726 (Part 1) and recommendations made by

SAE (US) and ASHRAE
Due to policy of continual improvement, the specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
Measurements are subject to 5% tolerance.
To achieve good sound suppression do not over load fitting.
69
 Restrained Spring
Isolators
Description

Easyflex Model EFRSI Seismic Control Restrained Spring Vibration Isolators consist of
free-standing, large diameter, laterally stable steel springs assembled into welded steel
housing assemblies fabricated to limit vertical movement of the isolated equipment if
equipment loads are reduced or if the equipment is subjected to large external forces
such as a seismic events. The housings also provide a constant free and operating height
to facilitate installation. Spring elements are complete with internal noise isolation pads
and have an adjusting and leveling bolt as a part of the top load plate assembly. Holes
are provided in all isolators for bolting to the structure and to the supported equipment.
To assure stability, the springs have a lateral spring stiffness than 1.2 times the rated vertical stiffness and are
designed to provide a minimum of 50% overload capacity. EFRSI isolators are available with deflections upto 2" (50
mm) and with load capacities to 15750 kg. as standard products. Custom isolators with higher deflection and
greater load capabilities are also available. Easyflex Model EFRSI Spring Isolators are recommended for the
isolation of vibration produced by equipment carrying a large fluid load which may be drained, such as boilers and
chillers, and specially for the isolation fo cooling towers, air-cooled condensers, etc. where motion due to wind
loads must be minimized.

Application
Easyflex Model EFRSI Seismic Control Restrained Spring Isolators are recommended as a noise and vibration
isolator for mechanical equipment located near critically quiet areas when the equipment to be isolated has
significant changes of weight during maintenance operations and for equipment subjected to seismic events,
external forces, or high wind loads.
Model EFRSI Isolators are typically used to reduce the transmission of noise and vibration into supporting structure
form equipment carrying a large fluid load that may be drained, such as boilers and chillers, and cooling towers
which also require hold-down for seismic and wind loads. Operating static deflections are available to 2" (50mm)
to and maintain a high degree of noise and vibration isolation.

Specifications
Vibration isolators shall be seismically rated, restrained spring isolators for equipment which is subject to load
variations and large external forces. Isolators shall consist of large diameter, laterally stable, steel springs
assembled into welded steel housing assemblies designed to limit movement of the supported equipment in all
directions.
Housing assembly shall be of fabricated steel members and shall consist of a top load plate complete with
adjusting and leveling bolts, adjustable vertical restraints, isolation, isolation washers, and a bottom plate with
internal non-skid noise isolation pads and holes for anchoring of housing to supporting structure. Housing shall
be hot-dip galvanized or powder coated for corrosion resistance. Housing shall be designed to provide a constant
free and operating free and operating height within 1/8" (3mm).
The isolator housing shall provide a minimum of 1g restraint in all directions.
Spring elements shall be selected to provide static deflections as shown on the vibration isolation schedule or as
indicated or required in the project documents. Springs shall be color coded or otherwise identified.
Spring elements shall have a lateral stiffness grater than 1.2 times the rated vertical stiffness and shall be designed
to provide a minimum of 50% overload capacity. Non-welded spring elements shall be powder coated, and shall
have a 1000 hr rating when tested in accordance with ASTM B-117.
Vibration isolators shall be Model EFRSI as manufactured by Kanwal Industrial Corporation.

70
 Restrained Spring
Isolators
D
D

G
G

B
A B
A

Rated Rated A B D G
Model Hanger Spring
Capacity Deflection
Type Type Color
(kg) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
EFRSI-1-30 Yellow 30 25 150 240 10 13
Model-1 EFRSI-1-60 Green 60 25 150 240 10 13
(Single Spring) EFRSI-1-100 Blue 100 25 150 240 10 13
EFRSI-1-160 White 160 25 150 240 10 13
EFRSI-1-250 Red 250 25 150 240 10 13
EFRSI-1-200 Red 200 25 150 240 16 18
EFRSI-1-300 Purple 300 25 150 240 16 18
EFRSI-1-400 Grey 400 25 150 240 16 18
Model-1A
EFRSI-1-500 Orange 500 25 150 240 16 18
(Single Spring)
EFRSI-1-600 Brown 600 25 150 240 16 18
EFRSI-1-700 Orange 700 25 150 240 16 18
EFRSI-1-800 Black 800 25 150 240 16 18
EFRSI-1-850 Green 850 25 150 240 16 18
EFRSI-1-1050 Blue 1050 25 150 240 16 18
EFRSI-1-1250 White 1250 25 150 240 16 18
EFRSI-1-1500 Purple 1500 25 150 350 18 18
EFRSI-2-400 Red 400 25 150 350 18 18
EFRSI-2-600 Purple 600 25 150 350 18 18
Model-2
EFRSI-2-800 Grey 800 25 150 350 18 18
(Double Springs)
EFRSI-2-1000 Orange 1000 25 150 350 18 18
EFRSI-2-1200 Brown 1200 25 150 350 18 18
EFRSI-2-1400 Orange 1400 25 150 350 18 18
EFRSI-2-1600 Black 1600 25 150 350 18 18
EFRSI-2-1700 Green 1700 25 150 350 18 18
EFRSI-2-2100 Blue 2100 25 150 350 18 18
EFRSI-2-2500 White 2500 25 150 350 18 18

Compliance - Springs designed according to BS 1726 (Part 1) and recommendations made by

SAE (US) and ASHRAE

71
 Restrained Spring
Isolators
D

A’
A
B’

Rated Rated A’ A B’ B D G
Model Hanger Spring
Capacity Deflection
Type Type Color
(kg) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
EFRSI-4-800 Red 800 25 175 225 300 350 25 18
EFRSI-4-1200 Purple 1200 25 175 225 300 350 25 18
EFRSI-4-1600 Grey 1600 25 175 225 300 350 25 18
EFRSI-4-2000 Orange 2000 25 175 225 300 350 25 18
Model-3
EFRSI-4-2400 Brown 2400 25 175 225 300 350 25 18
(Four Springs)
EFRSI-4-2800 Orange 2800 25 175 225 300 350 25 18
EFRSI-4-3200 Black 3200 25 175 225 300 350 25 18
EFRSI-4-2600 Yellow 2600 25 175 225 300 350 25 18
EFRSI-4-3400 Green 3400 25 175 225 300 350 25 18
EFRSI-4-4200 Blue 4200 25 175 225 300 350 25 18
EFRSI-4-5000 White 5000 25 175 225 300 350 25 18
D

Rated Rated A B D G
Model Hanger Spring
Capacity Deflection
Type Type Color
(kg) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
EFRSI-6-5100 Green 5100 25 500 350 25 18
EFRSI-6-6300 Blue 6300 25 500 350 25 18
Model-4 EFRSI-6-7500 White 7500 25 500 350 25 18
(Six Springs) EFRSI-6-7800 Red 7800 25 500 350 25 18
EFRSI-6-9600 Black 9600 25 500 350 25 18
EFRSI-6-10500 Orange 10500 25 500 350 25 18
EFRSI-9-7650 Green 7650 25 600 400 25 18
EFRSI-9-9450 Blue 9450 25 600 400 25 18
Model-5
EFRSI-9-11250 White 11250 25 600 400 25 18
(Nine Springs)
EFRSI-9-11700 Red 11700 25 600 400 25 18
EFRSI-9-14400 Black 14400 25 600 400 25 18
EFRSI-9-15750 Orange 15750 25 600 400 25 18

Compliance - Springs designed according to BS 1726 (Part 1) and recommendations made by

SAE (US) and ASHRAE

72
 Restrained Spring
Isolators

D
D

G
G

B
A B
A

Rated Rated A B D G
Model Hanger Spring
Capacity Deflection
Type Type Color
(kg) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
EFRSI-1-30 Yellow 30 25 150 240 10 13
Model-1 EFRSI-1-60 Green 60 25 150 240 10 13
(Single Spring) EFRSI-1-100 Blue 100 25 150 240 10 13
EFRSI-1-160 White 160 25 150 240 10 13
EFRSI-1-200 Red 200 25 150 240 16 18
EFRSI-1-300 Purple 300 25 150 240 16 18
EFRSI-1-400 Grey 400 25 150 240 16 18
EFRSI-1-500 Orange 500 25 150 240 16 18
Model-1A
EFRSI-1-600 Brown 600 25 150 240 16 18
(Single Spring)
EFRSI-1-700 Orange 700 25 150 240 16 18
EFRSI-1-800 Black 800 25 150 240 16 18
EFRSI-1-850 Green 850 25 150 240 16 18
EFRSI-1-1050 Blue 1050 25 150 240 16 18
EFRSI-1-1250 White 1250 25 150 240 16 18
EFRSI-2-400 Red 400 25 150 350 18 18
EFRSI-2-600 Purple 600 25 150 350 18 18
EFRSI-2-800 Grey 800 25 150 350 18 18
Model-2
EFRSI-2-1000 Orange 1000 25 150 350 18 18
(Double Springs)
EFRSI-2-1200 Brown 1200 25 150 350 18 18
EFRSI-2-1400 Orange 1400 25 150 350 18 18
EFRSI-2-1600 Black 1600 25 150 350 18 18
EFRSI-2-1700 Green 1700 25 150 350 18 18
EFRSI-2-2100 Blue 2100 25 150 350 18 18
EFRSI-2-2500 White 2500 25 150 350 18 18

Compliance - Springs designed according to BS 1726 (Part 1) and recommendations made by

SAE (US) and ASHRAE

71
 All - Directional
Seismic Snubber
Features
Fabricated of welded steel components incorporating thick neoprene elastomer pads molded to Bridge Bearing
quality specifications, the design of these restraints allows for the removal and replacement of the neoprene
elements. These restraints are designed for a minimum of 1.0g accelerated force in all directions. Series EFSS is
suitable for loads from 250 kg to 11500 kg.

Installation instructions
1. Snubbers are inactive during normal operation
and clearance must be maintained.
2. To maintain clearances around isolation
bushing, unit is furnished with spacer washers
and a spacer bushing, these to remain in unit
during installation only.
3. If snubbers are installed on equipment such as G A
Sizes
blowers or pumps with flexible connections that C
A
B EFSS 50 - EFSS 125
move and remain in a different position during F
E C
operation, final positioning and adjustment of T
snubbers must be made with equipment in
operation.
4. Use shims at brackets as required so that units Upper Replaceable 3/4" (19mm) thick
Sizes Bracket All-Directional Neoprene Element
are installed without applying pressure on EFSS 500 - EFSS 2500
Lock Nut
spacer washers or bushing.
Thru-Bolt
5. After units are installed , remove spacer All-Directional Operating
washers and bushing as follows: D-Bolt Hole Clearance - approx.
Diameter 3/16" (5mm) (Space filled
a. Remove lock nut from thru-bolt and remove AB-Anchor Bolt by washer and bushing
Diameter during installation.)
thru-bolt. (Bolts by others) Lower
b. Remove anchor bolts from one bracket. If Bracket
bracket was shimmed, note shim position.
c. Remove bracket and remove spacer washers A
and spacer bushing. G
d. Reinstall bracket and thru-bolt. Shim as C A
B
before if shims were used. C
F
e. Lock thru-bolt in place with jam nut. E Sizes
EFSS 500 - EFSS 1200 - EFSS 2500

When Steel Sole Plates are used, level and anchor

Note : All Dimensions are in mm unless otherwise specified. Sole Plates properly to concrete. Snubber
Baseplate may be bolted or weided to Sole Plate.

ALL DIRECTIONAL SNUBBER LOAD RATINGS AND DIMENSIONS

1G All Directional
Type Size Load Ratings. A AB B C D E F G T

EFSS 50 250 kgs. 79 10 190 32.5 13 75 76 64 6

EFSS 125 850 kgs. 86 12 210 50 16 100 111 111 10
EFSS 127 127 12
EFSS 500 2500 kgs. 125 16 300 50 19 150
EFSS 1200 6000 kgs. 150 25 375 70 29 200 146 146 20
EFSS 2500 11500 kgs. 170 32 420 100 35 250 203 203 25
Alternate
1800 Position

Due to policy of continual improvement, the specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
Measurements are subject to 5% tolerance.
To achieve good results do not over load fitting.

73
 Seismic Restraint Snubber

Description
Model EFSRS-2 Seismic Snubber are designed for use in locations subject to earthquakes or other external forces
which could displace resiliently supported equipment.

Snubbers, when anchored to the building structure and placed around vibration-isolated equipment, are
intended to limit lateral motion by containing the supported equipment.

EFSRS-2 Snubber are designed to be used in pairs and will keep supported equipment contained when subject to
lateral forces from any direction. EFSRS-2 Snubbers are not designed for use with high center of-gravity supported
equipment or where vertical forces must be considered.

Model EFSRS-2 Snubbers are heavy structural steel weldments designed to minimize equipment motion without
failing. Resilient neoprene pads on the contact surface reduce shock loads by cushioning the impacts. Large
diameter anchor bolt holes allow loads to be safely transferred to the building structure.

Application
Building codes in many areas require building components to be capable of resisting forces created during a
seismic event.

Equipment on resilient supports such as spring neoprene or fiber glass vibration isolators can undergo large
motions relative to the building during such an event.

By using properly spaced and designed resilient snubbers around the equipment, motion can be limited and
equipment can remain in place.

Model EFSRS-2 Snubbers are rugged, heavy duty products which have been designed to resist imposed forces
from external sources, yet remain out of contact during normal operation so that vibration will not be transmitted
to the building.

Bolts Anchors Dimensions

Model Capacity Capacity A B C D E F G
Lbs Kg Lbs Kg In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm
EFSRS10 1624 738 945 430 0.44 11 6.00 150 5.00 125 3.00 75 1.25 32 4.00 100 4.50 114
EFSRS20 2887 1312 1308 595 0.56 14 6.00 150 5.00 125 3.00 75 1.25 32 4.00 100 4.50 114
EFSRS30 4300 1954 1677 762 2.69 18 7.50 190 6.00 150 4.00 100 2.00 50 5.00 125 6.00 150
EFSRS40 6966 3166 3354 1524 1.00 24 10.50 267 6.00 150 4.00 100 2.00 50 5.00 125 8.00 200

74
 Seismic "V" Connector
Applications

Kanwal's Easyflex Series Seismic “EFSVC” Connectors are one of

the most effective ways to compensate for thermal expansion or
the unpredictable pipe movements encountered during seismic
activity. Series “EFSVC” Flexible Connectors are seismic
connectors engineered to absorb movement in all directions.
The unique “EFSVC” design places the flexible leg at 45 degree
angles to the pipe run, even allowing up and down movements.
As opposed to bellows expansion joints, Kanwal's Easyflex Series Flexible “EFSVC” Connectors impose no
pressure thrust load on the piping system, eliminating the need for thrust anchoring around the connector.
Simply use pipe alignment guides in conjunction with the seismic “EFSVC” connectors to direct any motion into
the connector.
Why the “EFSVC” Connector and not a “Loop”? The “SVC” Connector uses (2) 45 Degree elbows and (1) 90
Degree elbow for a total of 180 degree in pipe change, where as the “Loop” is based on 360 Degree pipe
direction change. For all motions, each hose leg of the “EFSVC” Connector moves in angular directions,
minimizing weld attachment stresses. Weld attachment stresses are a high cause of failure on deflected
braided metal hose connectors. The “EFSVC” Connector configuration also minimizes intrusion to adjacent
spaces, minimizing pressure drop with one 180 Degree change of direction, compared to the 360 Degree
change of direction with the “Loop” and allows nesting without adding pipe or flexible connectors.
“EFSVC” Connectors can be constructed to accommodate 2”, 3”, 4” or greater movement in all planes. The
flexible legs are calculated to provide at least 2000 cycles, far beyond the life of all previous seismic connectors
available on the market. Normally, the “EFSVC” Connector is installed with the 90 degree return elbow
hanging down, but can be installed in other positions as long as the elbow is supported. Also, “EFSVC”
Connectors can typically be nested without alteration of the loop. In tight centering situations, V-Loops can be
nested by using progressively longer pipe extensions at the base of the connector.

Flange Grooved
Weld End Thread

Ordering Options

SIZES Standard sizes from 1/2” through 10”.

PRESSURE RATINGS Single braid for standard pressures. Double braid for higher pressure.
Standard connectors in SS 321 or SS 304/SS 316 also available.
MATERIAL End connections of carbon steel, stainless steel.
MOVEMENTS Specify 2”, 3”, or 4” in all planes.

HANGER Available upon request.

END CONFIGURATIONS Weld ends, fixed flanges, threaded.

Due to policy of continual improvement, the specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
Measurements are subject to 5% tolerance.
To achieve good results do not over load fitting more than designed parameters as per drawing / catalogue.

75
 Seismic "V" Connector
Position & Support

Kanwal's Easyflex “EFSVC” Connector can be installed in a variety of positions.

The standard position is with the V and 90 degree elbow hanging down.
Horizontal and vertical mounting yields the same allowance for motion provided the 90 degree elbow is
supported properly to avoid sagging or torquing.
“EFSVC” Connectors larger than 1-1/2” diameter must be supported if installed in any other position than the
standard position. Supporting cable or rod should be attached to an eyelet located at the bottom of the 90-
degree elbow which can be provided by the factory. Flexible cable or pipe hanger rods can also be used.
Horizontal Run – “EFSVC” Connector Hanging Straight Down (as illustrated):
Loop hangs straight down, without restriction, and free to flex. Support of the bottom elbow is not required.
Pipe alignment guides are required to direct axial motion.
Horizontal Run – “EFSVC” Connector Straight Up:
Support must be provided at the 90 degree elbow to prevent the loop from leaning. Pipe hanger rod or cable
must be loose enough to allow the 90 degree elbow to move up or down ¼” as the connector flexes.
Spring isolated rod is ideal for this application.
Horizontal Run – “EFSVC”Connector Horizontal:
Support must be provided at the 90 degree elbow to prevent the flex hose from drooping or torquing the hose
or pipe. Pipe hanger rod or cable must be loose enough to allow the 90 degree elbow to move horizontally
back and forth ¼” as the connector flexes. Spring isolated rod is preferred for this application.

Vertical Run – V Connector Horizontal:

Support must be provided at the 90 degree elbow to prevent the flexible hose from drooping or torquing hose
or pipe. Pipe hanger rod or cable must be loose enough to allow the 90 degree elbow to move horizontally
back and forth ¼” as the connector flexes. Spring isolation rod is preferred for this application.

Nested
Due to the inherent design of the “EFSVC” Connector, they may be nested in most cases without having to alter
the standard construction. In tight centering situations where loop flanges would interfere with each other, it
add a center spool piece at the bottom of each connector. Please may be necessary for the factory to specify
sequence of pipe diameters and corresponding distances between pipe center lines.
Advantages
Anchor forces are minimized because the pressure thrust is reacted by the wire braid.
Anchor forces are minimized because of the inherent high flexibility of the metal hose.
The "V" configuration allows adjacent piping to be nested to save space.
V-Flex connectors can absorb in-plane extension and compression, or out of plane lateral offset.

Installation
In expansion compensation situations, the “EFSVC” Connector can be installed pre-compressed or pre-extended
only if the full range of motion will be encountered in one direction.
If shipping bars are attached to the connector, they should not be removed until after installation. These bars are
lightly tack welded to the loop to maintain the proper length until installation and will break-away in case of
seismic activity. If the “EFSVC” Connector(s) are designed and installed to compensate strictly for expansion, then
the shipping rods should be removed after installation.
For steam applications, a drain port and plug shall be specified and factory installed into the bottom of the 90
degree elbow to allow condensate to be drained. An alternative position for steam service is with the loop
inverted, with the 90 degree elbow pointing upward. In this way, the “EFSVC” Connector will drain naturally into
the surrounding piping. See the “Position & Support” section “Horizontal – V Straight Down”.
76
 Seismic "V" Connector
Anchoring Considerations

Anchors are required on either side of the “EFSVC” Connector to react to the spring forces of the loop. Pressure
thrust loads are not a consideration because the “EFSVC” Connector will not impose pressure thrust due to the
welded on braid. Anchors should be of sufficient strength to withstand the spring forces of the loops and the
frictional forces of the pipe sliding through any pipe alignment guides. Approximate spring forces for the
“EFSVC” Connectors are as follows:

½” ¾” 1” 1-1/4” 1-1/2” 2” 2-1/2” 3” 4” 5” 6” 8” 10” 12”

16 Kg 18 Kg 20 Kg 29 Kg 31 Kg 37 Kg 39 Kg 42 Kg 57 Kg 97 Kg 103 Kg 141 Kg 156 Kg 180 Kg

Note: The figures above reflect the total force required to deflect the “EFSVC” Connector its full rated movement,
pressurized to 10 Kg/cm2 for ½” through 8” and 5 Kg/cm2 upto 12”.

Easyflex "EFSVC" Connector Six Independent Planes of Movement

Y Movement is primarily in angular directions minimizing weld attachment stresses.
Y "EFSVC" Connectors do not induce pressure thrust force onto the piping system, therefore reducing piping
forces.
Y "EFSVC" Connectors also allow rotation along the 6 planes of the X, Y and Z axis.
Y "EFSVC" Connectors can be constructed to accommodate 2", 3" 4" or greater movement on all planes. The
flexible legs are calculated to provide at least 2000 cycles, far beyond the life of all previous seismic connectors
available on the market.

Neutral Compression

Lateral
Extension

77
 Seismic "V" Connector
Overall Length

th
ng
Le
e v
Li
Height

EFSVC Seismic Flange Connector

CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS
HOSE SS 321 STAINLESS STEEL
BRAID 1 LAYER 304
FITTINGS CARBON STEEL
ELBOWS SCH. 40 CARBON STEEL
FLANGE CARBON STEEL

Size Live Overall Height WRK Motion

Nominal Length Length SIG @ X, Y, Z
Bore 70ºC
EFSVC FOR 2" MOVEMENT
2" 350 800 350 25 2"
2.5" 400 950 425 25 2"
3" 450 1050 475 25 2"
4" 475 1175 525 20 2"
5" 500 1300 575 15 2"
6" 600 1600 700 15 2"
8" 625 1825 780 15 2"
10" 650 2075 875 10 2"
12" 700 2350 980 10 2"
EFSVC FOR 3" MOVEMENT
2" 440 915 415 25 3"
2.5" 500 1100 490 25 3"
3" 550 1200 540 25 3"
4" 575 1320 590 20 3"
5" 600 1475 650 15 3"
6" 715 1740 770 15 3"
8" 760 2030 880 15 3"
10" 775 2250 965 10 3"
12" 840 2565 1085 10 3"
EFSVC FOR 4" MOVEMENT
2" 510 1015 465 25 4"
2.5" 585 1190 545 25 4"
3" 635 1320 600 25 4"
4" 660 1450 655 20 4"
5" 690 1600 715 15 4"
6" 820 1890 845 15 4"
8" 880 2200 965 15 4"
10" 890 2425 1045 10 4"
12" 970 2755 1185 10 4"

78
 U-Connector Flanged End
A

Material of Construction
90º Elbow
End Fitting : Carbon Steel Stainless Steel
Hose & Braid : Stainless Steel
90º Elbow CS as per schedule 40 Spring
Bar
180º Return CS as per schedule 40

Hose & B
Braid
Note : U Connectors 2" and larger installed in any
orientation other than hanging down must have the
180º return supported (See installation instructions)
180º
Return

Air Release
Or Drain Plug
Support Bracket
Model No. Size Movement A B PSI PSI Max
Inch (mm) (In) End to End Length Single Double Steam
Braid Braid Press
EFUC020 3/4” (20) ± 1.5” 9” 14” 500 750 300
EFUC025 1” (25) ± 1.5” 9-1/2” 15” 500 750 300
EFUC032 1-1/4” (32) ± 1.5” 10” 16” 500 750 300
EFUC040 1-1/2” (40) ± 1.5” 10-1/2” 17” 500 750 300
EFUC050 ± 1.5” 12” - 1/2” 19”
2" (50) 500 750 300
EFUC050A ± 4” 14” - 1/2” 25”
EFUC065 ± 1.5” 15” - 1/2” 21”
2-1/2" (65) 387 619 300
EFUC065A ± 4” 16” 28”
EFUC080 ± 1.5” 18” - 1/2” 23”
3" (80) 288 431 216
EFUC080A ± 4” 18” - 1/2” 30”
EFUC100 ± 1.5” 24” - 1/2” 28”
4" (100) 232 371 186
EFUC100A ± 4” 24” - 1/2” 35”
EFUC125 ± 1.5” 30” - 1/2” 32”
5" (125) 191 306 153
EFUC125A ± 4” 30” - 1/2” 40”
EFUC150 ± 1.5” 36” - 1/2” 37”
6" (150) 165 264 132
EFUC150A ± 4” 36” - 1/2” 46”
EFUC200 ± 1.5” 48” - 1/2” 48”
8" (200) 215 275 115
EFUC200A ± 4” 18” - 1/2” 58”
EFUC250 ± 1.5” 60” - 1/2” 55”
10” (250) 200 270 100
EFUC250A ± 4” 60” - 1/2” 67”
EFUC300 ± 1.5” 72” - 1/2” 63”
12” (300) 160 220 94
EFUC300A ± 4” 72” - 1/2” 74”
EFUC355 ± 1.5” 84” - 1/2” 71”
14” (355) 110 125 63
EFUC355A ± 4” 84” - 1/2” 80.5”
EFUC400 ± 1.5” 96” - 1/2” 78.5”
16” (400) 110 170 85
EFUC400A ± 4” 96” - 1/2” 91.5”
EFUC455 ± 1.5” 108” - 1/2” 86.5”
18” (455) 85 150 75
EFUC455A ± 4” 108” - 1/2” 100”

When ordering a U-Connector with double-braid, please include the letter “D” at the end of the model #. Example: EFUC200A/D
* Spring Force: These values reflect the total force required to move the U-Connector its full rated movement for 150 P.S.I. at 70º F.
For higher pressures please contact our sales department. Size 12” NB and above are custom made on order and require extended delivery.

79
 U-Connector
Installation Instruction
Illustrated below are the typical orientation for the U-Connector. No support is required for the 180º return bend
for standard loops 2-1/2” diameter and smaller. However due to the weight of the return bend and the extreme
flexibility fo the loop, larger sizes require support to prevent the 180 from sagging in all orientation except when
installed hanging down as shown in illustration #2. Guides are recommended but not always required. Special
Note - For steam service minimize the entrapment of condensate is crucial and loops should be installed as shown
in illustration #1.

HORIZONTAL HANGING DOWN STRAIGHT UP VERTICAL

Support must be provided to the Loop should hang straight down Support must be provided to Loop must be supported to allow
loop from drooping torquing and be free to flex. prevent the loop from leaning. the 180º return to move
pipe. Support must allow the Pipe hanger rod should be loose horizontally back and forth, and
180º return, to move horizontally enough to allow the 180º return up or down, as the loop flexes.
back and forth 1/4”, as the loop to move up or down, or back and
flexes. froth, as the loop flexes.
*Recommended Installation for
steam. Any other orientation may
cause condensate to collect.

THERMAL EXPANSION : AXIAL MOVEMENT

The U-Connector is simply a flexible variation of the tradition hard pipe loop.
For any given length of pipe and given temperature change, the amount of
movement can be calculated and the appropriate U-Connector can be
designed. When installed in a pipe run the U-Connector’s legs simply bend
laterally to compensate for pipe’s expansion or contraction. Unique to the loop
is the incredibly low amount of force required to bend its legs, minimizing
anchor loads, guiding and installation costs.

SEISMIC MOVEMENT : ALL DIRECTION

The two flexible legs connected by an unrestrained return bend, will allow a
predetermined amount of pipe movement in any direction. (Typical design
movement is ±4 inches in any direction, however movement of several feet in
any direction is possible). With the loops extreme flexibility and low force to
move, the loop absorbs the seismic energy and imposes minimal loads on the
adjacent pipe hangers, supports or nozzle loads on major equipment. See
page 11 for more details.

80
 U-Connector
Installation Instruction
U-Connector can be connected to adjacent piping with rigid or flexible type
couplings.
U-Connector may be installed in any orientation / position.*
U-Connector support:
a) No support is required for the (180°) return bend for U-Connectors 2
inch or smaller.
b) Support for the (180°) return bend for U-Connectors 2” and larger.
Hanging down require no support. Support for other orientations can
be provided in two ways;
i. A hanger rod at the 180º that is 12” long or greater, for
the +/- 4” of movement U-Connecotrs will allow the loop
to swing and no additional steps are necessary. For
+/- 8” of movement U-Connectors the hanger rod should
be 16” long or greater.
ii. If the U-Connector is installed with hanger rods less than
distances recommended above, a spring hanger
assembly is recommended, to allow the U-Connector to
flex during seismic event.

U-Connectors are shipped with the shipping bar to insure a neutral face to face during installation. This
shipping bar must remain in place during installation, but then must be removed prior to testing.

Clearance; U-Connectors designed for;

a) +/- 4” of movement, must have 4” of clearance all around the U-Connector
b) +/- 8” of movement, must have 8” of clearance all around the U-Connector

If the U-Connector cannot span the building’s seismic separation, it may be installed with the closest
elbow not more than 24 inches from the seismic separation.

* When U-Connector is installed in the up (180º bend above pipe run) position consideration should be
given to the removal of entrapped air.
Model No. Size Movement A B PSI Spring Force Weight
Inch (mm) (In) End to End Length LBS.* LBS.
EFUC050 2" (50) +/-8 23" 30" 300 78 19
EFUC065 2-1/2" (65) +/-8 25" 34" 300 83 31
EFUC080 3" (80) +/-8 27" 37" 300 90 45
EFUC100 4" (100) +/-8 31.5" 43" 175 120 64
EFUC125 5" (125) +/-8 36" 48" 175 186 105
EFUC150 6" (150) +/-8 42" 55" 175 202 160
EFUC200 8" (200) +/-8 56" 70" 175 260 297
*Spring force: These values reflect the total force required to move the U Connector to it’s full rated movement for 150 p.s.i. @ 70º F.
All Dimension in inches

81
 Tri Loop Seismic Connector
The Tri Loop Seismic Connector System
meet the requirements of Chapter 17.1.2 of ASCE Standard 7-05 code for total displacement.
2009 International Building Code (IBC) & ASCE Standard 7-05 are requiring architects, engineers and building owners
to adapt to new building requirements related to seismic regulations. Easyex Tri Loop Seismic Connector design meets
the displacement requirements as dened by Chapter 17.1.2 of the ASCE 7-05 code. It’s three exible sections allow it
to compensates movement in six degrees of freedom (three coordinates axes, plus rotation about those axes
simultaneously from random seismic shifts).

2009 International Building Code (IBC) Section 1613-Earthquake Loads1613.1 Scope. Every structure, and portion
thereof, including nonstructural components that are permanently attached to structures and their supports and
attachments, shall be designed and constructed to resist the effects of earthquake motions in accordance with ASCE 7,
excluding Chapter 14 and Appendix 11A. The seismic design category for a structure is permitted to be determined in
accordance with Section 1613 or ASCE.

Easyex Inc.’s patented Tri Loop Seismic Connector provides the most complete engineering solution for the IBC’s most
stringent specications.

Standard Sizes 12 mm to 350 mm I.D.

Custom sizes available 12 mm to 350 mm I.D. Other alloys and custom styles available. Please consult factory.
Applications
Easyex Tri Loop Seismic Connectors are approved for ammable and combustible gases and liquids. Other common
applications for the Tri Loop Seismic Connector include steam, condenser water, hot water, domestic hot water and
chilled water. Tri Loop Seismic Connector multi-plane movement simplies piping design and reduces system
installation cost by eliminating mechanical pipe loops, expansion joints, pipe alignment guides and reducing anchor
loads by 93%. The multi-plane design can reduce expansion devices required in a piping system by 50% and Tri Loop
Seismic Connector makes a world of difference in your critical piping connections

82
 Tri Loop Seismic Connector in
thermal expansion applications
Tri Loop Connector reduces system costs! It’s multi-plane design reduces expansion devices required in a piping
system by 50% and signicantly reduces structural anchors saving you money!

Tri Loop Seismic Connector Movement Capabilities

Tri Loop Seismic Connector design is capable of handling the following movements simultaneously:

83
 Tri Loop Seismic Connector
Horizontal Pipe Run Spanning a Building Seismic Joint
The Tri Loop’s Seismic Connector design of three exible sections allow it to compensate pipe movement in six degrees
of freedom (three coordinates axes, plus rotation about those axes simultaneously). It is the safest and most reliable
means of absorbing movement resulting from random seismic shift.

The Tri Loop Seismic Connector is capable of accommodating seismic displacements for vertical piping between oors
of the building, where pipes pass through or bridge building seismic joints or building expansion joints. The are also
used for horizontal piping across building seismic and building expansion joints to accommodate the resultant drift of
each building unit, or where rigidly supported pipes connect to equipment mounted on vibration isolators.

Seismic Horizontal Displacement

Seismic Vertical Displacement

Seismic Angular Displacement

84
 Tri Loop Seismic Connector
Design Specifications
Pressures
Maxiumum Working Pressure: Maximum operating pressure to which the hose should be subjected. It is established
at 25% of the nominal design burst pressure.

Maximum Proof Pressure: Maximum test pressure to which the hose should be subjected. It is established at 150% of
the maximum working pressure with the hose installed straight. No harmful deformation shall occur.

Hydrostatic eld tests of hose assemblies installed in varying degrees of radial bend or parallel offset should be limited
to 120% of maximum rated working pressure at 70°F, or 150% of the actual operating pressure, whichever is the lesser.

Nominal Design Burst Pressure: The pressure at which the hose can be expected to rupture, based on the minimum
annealed ultimate tensile strength of the braid wire and the corrugated hose alloys at 70°F with the hose installed
straight.

Motion Classications
Easyex Tri Loop Seismic Connector design is the only exible pipe loop that absorbs and compensates pipe movement
in six degrees of freedom. (three coordinates axes, plus rotation about those axes simultaneously.)

The multiplane movement design can reduce expansion devices required in a piping system by up to 50%.

Offset Motion: Motion that occurs when one end of the hose assembly is deected in a plane perpendicular to the
longitudinal axis with the ends remaining parallel. Offset is measured as displacement of the free end centerline from
the xed end centerline.

Intermittent Offset is motion that occurs on a regular or irregular cyclic basis. It is normally the result of thermal
expansion and contraction or other non-continuous actions.

NOTES:

Easyex Tri Loop Seismic Connector manufactured with a 4:1 safety factor

Pipe ID Length A Length B Compression Extension Parallel

Working Movement Movement Movement
Model No. (mm) (mm) (mm) Pressure (mm) (mm) (mm)
EFTLS020 20 750 700 30 Bar 300 300 300
EFTLS025 25 750 700 30 Bar 300 300 300
EFTLS032 32 850 750 30 Bar 300 300 300
EFTLS040 40 850 750 30 Bar 300 300 300
EFTLS050 50 1000 900 30 Bar 300 300 300
EFTLS065 65 1100 950 20 Bar 300 300 300
EFTLS080 80 1300 1050 18 Bar 300 300 300
EFTLS100 100 1500 1250 18 Bar 300 300 300
EFTLS125 125 1650 1300 16 Bar 300 300 300
EFTLS150 150 1850 1450 11 Bar 300 300 300
EFTLS200 200 2200 1750 10 Bar 300 300 300
EFTLS250 250 2600 2050 6 Bar 300 300 300
EFTLS300 300 2900 2250 6 Bar 300 300 300
EFTLS350 350 3250 2450 6 Bar 300 300 300

85
Tri Loop Seismic Connector
Design Specifications

ASA #150
CS End Flanges

SS 321 Closed Pitch

Annular Corrugated
Hose and SS 304 Braid

Support Bracket

86
 Anti Vibration Pads
Specifications
Alternate High/Low Ribbed Construction.
Easy to Cut Pads can be cut to be slightly larger than the size of the leg or machine, using shears or
knife.
Easy Field Installation
Multiple layers of Ribbed Mounting Pad can be used to increase deflection.

Model Size
Load (LBS) Load (Kg)
No. Inches
EFRMP381818 3/8" x 18" x 18" 12960 5878
EFRMP381212 3/8" x 12" x 12" 5760 2612
EFRMP380808 3/8" x 8" x 8" 2560 1161
EFRMP380606 3/8" x 6" x 6" 1440 653
EFRMP380404 3/8" x 4" x 4" 640 290
Ribbed Mounting Pads
EFRMP380303 3/8" x 3" x 3" 360 163

Specifications
Cork sandwich Pads are laminated pads having 1/2" thick close grained cork securely bonded
between two layers of 1/4" alternate low high ribbed Neoprene rubber pads.
Offers highest level of sound attenuation and vibration isolation.
No need for bolting.

Model Size
Load (LBS) Load (Kg)
No. Inches
EFCSP781818 7/8" x 18" x 18" 16200 7348
EFCSP781212 7/8" x 12" x 12" 7200 3265
EFCSP780808 7/8" x 8" x 8" 3200 1451
EFCSP780606 7/8" x 6" x 6" 1799 816
EFCSP780404 7/8" x 4" x 4" 798 362
EFCSP780303 7/8" x 3" x 3" 450 204 Cork Sandwich Pads

Specifications
Metal Sandwich Pads are constructed of a steel plate bonded between Ribbed Anti Vibration Pads.
Designed for very high load capacity.

Model Size
Load (LBS) Load (Kg)
No. Inches
EFMSP011818 1" x 18" x 18" 32400 14696
EFMSP011212 1" x 12" x 12" 14400 6531
EFMSP010808 1" x 8" x 8" 6400 2902
EFMSP340606 3/4" x 6" x 6" 3600 1632
EFMSP340404 3/4" x 4" x 4" 1600 725
EFMSP340303 3/4" x 3" x 3" 900 408
Metal Sandwich Pads

Due to policy of continual improvement, the specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
Measurements are subject to 5% tolerance.
To achieve good sound suppression do not over load fitting.

87
 Rubber Pads

Selection Procedure
Compute the total load in kg. to be supported by Easyflex Pads. This includes machine weight and work load
it carries and also concrete or steel base or inertia block if used.
Determine unit loading to suit type of machine and supporting ground structure 23 kg. per square inch is
practical and effective loading and is recommended for most type of machines and equipment for isolation
of sustained vibration.
Divide the static weight by unit load to get total area of Easyflex Pad that is required.
Arrange the total area of into adequate number of pads that are necessary to give stable support and to
avoid base distortion. The area of each pad should be in proportion to the load carried by it so that the unit
loading or stress on all pads will be approximately the same.
The pads should be placed in such way that uniform deflection is obtained. Uniform load distribution
prevents over loading and possible premature failure of some of the mountings, prevents sagging and
enables the machine to maintain the normal horizontal position and make maximum isolation possible.

Features
Scientifically designed resilient material that isolates shock and all the six modes of Vibration and reduce
acoustic noise.
They give more deflection than any other material i.e. cork, felt etc.
They are cheaper than metal springs and have greater sound insulation ability.
They are highly resistant to oil, cleaning compounds, dirt, water, strength, heat aging and fatigue.
These are mostly used for machine tools, production equipments, heating and ventilation equipments,
pumps, generators, compressors, air handling units, fans, under heavy concrete bases, electronics or
sensitive laboratory apparatus, business machines, computers and data processor etc.

Due to policy of continual improvement, the specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
Measurements are subject to 5% tolerance.

88
 Technical Specifications

LOAD DEFLECTION CHART LOAD DEFLECTION CHART

LOADING CHART OF EASYFLEX PADS

Part No. Thickness of Max. unit Size (mm)
/Hardness Rubber Pad Load (kg/cm2) 75 X 75 100 X 100 150 X 150 225 X 225 450 X 450

EFRP101/50 of 8 mm 3.5 197 350 787 1772 7087

EFRP102/70 of 8 mm 7 394 700 1575 3544 14175
EFRP103/50 of 12 mm 14 788 1400 3150 7088 28350
EFRP104/70 of 12 mm 21 1181 2100 4725 10631 42525

DEFLECTION IN INCHES
EFRP-101-A
EFRP-102-B
EFRP-103-C
EFRP-104-D

0 0.02 0.04 0.06

Other VI Pad sizes which are not our standard sizes (as mentioned above) would be specially manufactured as
per client requirement. The Shore hardness ‘A’ can be altered as per customer requirement to suit duty condition.

Due to policy of continual improvement, the specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
Measurements are subject to 5% tolerance.

89
 Waffle Pad

Standard size 18” x 18” x 3/4” (450 x 450 x19mm) consists of 81 - 2”

(50mm) modules. The 2” (50mm) squares are separated by a thin
web that is easily cut to provide evenly dimensioned pads such as 2”
x 2” (50 x50mm), 2” x 4” (50 x 100mm), 4” x 4” (100 x100mm), 6” x
8” (150 x 200 mm), etc. EFWP is one of the thickest, most versatile
and efficient pads in the market.

Models
Natural Rubber for maximum resilience and vibration isolation. Contains anti-oxidants and anti-
ozonants to improve aging.
Standard Neoprene for longer life and moderate oil resistance.

Pads can be used to reduce noise, high frequency vibration and impact
from typical machines as follows:
Load Rating Per Square
Durometer 15% Deflection
Chillers Compressors Load per Load per
HVAC Units Vent Sets 2” x 2” 50 x 50mm
Square Square
Pumps Motor Generators (lbs.) (kgs.)
Transformers Diesel Generators
30 80 35
Punch Presses Lathes 40 120 53
Saws Power Presses Standard 50 180 80
Drill Presses 60 240 105
70 360 158

CALCULATION
EFWP Pads should be used in full squares. Select the minimum number of squares required and design pad to the
most convenient square or rectangle. The use of additional squares results in more conservative loading.

British Units Example– Metric Units Example–

Load is 980 lbs. 50 Duro capacity is 180 lbs. Load is 5000 kgs. 50 Duro capacity is 80 kgs. 5000/80
980/180 = 5.44 squares (Use 6 square modules). = 62.5 squares (minimum).
Pad may be 2 modules x 3 modules (4” x 6”) or Pad may be 8 modules x 8 modules (400 x 400mm)or
1 module x 6 modules (2” x 12”) 7 modules x 10 modules (350 x 500mm) or
6 modules x 11 modules (300 x 550mm) etc.

Due to policy of continual improvement, the specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
Measurements are subject to 5% tolerance.
To achieve good sound suppression do not over load fitting.

90
 Round Mounts

METAL PLATE TYPE-A TYPE-B

RUBBER

ØD

ØD
T T

THREAD SIZE AND STUD

STATIC
SIZE TYPE MAX LOAD DØ T LENGTH OR THD. DEPTH.
DEFLECTION
Kg (mm) BOLT NUT

EFRO-13 A 4.5 1.0 13 13 3/16" BSWx13L 3/6" BSWx4 DEEP

Easyflex Type EFRO mounts are very versatile and EFRO-19 A 4.5 1.0 13 13 3/16" BSWx13L 3/6" BSWx4 DEEP

EFRO-16 A 4.5 1.0 13 13 3/16" BSWx13L 3/6" BSWx4 DEEP

can be ideal for a wide range of applications where A 18 3.0 19 19
simple and compact anti-vibration mountings are EFRO-19 B 25 3.0 19 19 1/4" BSWx19L 1/4" BSWx6 DEEP
required. They are suitable for loads in shear, as well A 6.0 3.0 20 25

as in compression. These mounts are used in an EFRO-20 B 6.0 3.0 20 25

extensive range of applications including A 16 1.5 25 19

compressors, generators, air conditioners, pumps, B 22 1.5 25 19 5/16" BSWx22L 5/18"BSWx6 DEEP

fans, motors, laboratory equipment, scales, etc. A 30 3.5 25 20

EFRO-25 B 45 3.5 25 20 M6x1Px13L M6x1Px6 DEEP

EFRO-25 A 50 3.5 25 22 M6x1Px13L M6x1Px6 DEEP
Type 'EFRO' mounts are comprised of an elastomer A 37 3.5 25 30
bonded between two metal plates. The dynamic and EFRO-25 B 52 3.5 25 30 M8x1.25Px20L M8x1.25Px6 DEEP

static properties of the unit are determined by the EFRO-30 A 64 3.5 30 22 M8x1.25Px25L M8x1.25Px6 DEEP

composition and configuration of the elastomer. EFRO-30 A 22 3.0 30 30 M8x1.25Px21L M8x1.25Px6 DEEP

High strength bonds are specially compounded EFRO-35 A 64 3.0 35 22 3/8" BSWx38L 3/8"xBSWx6 DEEP

elastomers provide high load carrying capacity and A 16 1.5 35 25

assures long life. B 21 1.5 35 25 3/8" BSWx38L 3/8"xBSWx6 DEEP

A 70 4.0 38 25

EFRO-38 B 110 4.0 38 25 M8x1.25Px17L M8x1.25Px6 DEEP

Simplicity of design and unitized construction provide A 50 6.0 38 38
low cost mounting systems which are compact, light- EFRO-38 B 67 6.0 38 38 M8x1.25Px17L M8x1.25Px10 DEEP
weight, easy to install and maintenance free. EFRO-40 B 146 4.5 40 28 M10x1.25Px25L M10x1.5Px6 DEEP

EFRO-40 B 60 5.0 40 30 M8x1.25Px25L M8x1.25Px6 DEEP

A 43 6.0 40 40

EFRO-40 B 59 6.0 40 40 M10x1.5Px38L M10x1.5Px10 DEEP

A 65 5.0 50 40

EFRO-50 B 110 5.0 50 40 M10x1.5Px22L M10x1.5Px12 DEEP

EFRO-50 B 106 7.0 50 45 M10x1.5Px22L M10x1.5Px12 DEEP

EFRO-50 A 76 7.0 50 50 M10x1.5Px22L M10x1.5Px12 DEEP

TYPE-C TYPE-D TYPE-E

ØD

ØD

ØD

T T T

Type C,D,E available as per customer requirement.

Due to policy of continual improvement, the specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
Measurements are subject to 5% tolerance.
To achieve good sound suppression do not over load fitting.

91
 Rubber Grommet Mount
Product Features
Resilient rubber grommet mount with steel load distribution cups and extended sleeve, designed to reduce
transmission of structure born noise from air ducts and suspended equipments / small pipes.
Supplied complete with top and bottom steel load distribution cups, electro-galvanised after manufacture
for maximum corrosion resistance.
Extended sleeve of rubber element prevents metal to metal contact between suspension rod and suspension
bracket / trapeze channel.
Available in two different sizes to suit width of duct / equipment suspension channel.

Application
To control transmission of noise to the building structure, rubber grommet mounts serve as acoustic
separators between sources of high frequency vibration and their suspension rods. Some example
applications are illustrated above.

Specification
Constructed of a Neoprene Element encased within two steel caps.
Compact Model for Space Saving Installations.

Model No. Point Load Deflection Rod Size Mount Dimensions (mm)
mm A B C

EFDM090 90 4 10 37 25 41
EFDM060 60 4 10 27 19 32

H
A
B

D C

British Standards, BS 3974 : Part I

Due to policy of continual improvement, the specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
Measurements are subject to 5% tolerance.
To achieve good sound suppression do not over load fitting.
92
 Wall Mount Bracket

C
B

Description
The anti-vibration wall braces EFWB are used in order to add structural integrity of long and tall gypsum
board walls, which are mounted on anti-vibration pads or based on oating oor. They avoid any direct
connection between the double walls, and increase their stiffness. They prevent wall backward motion
during earthquakes. It is used where a secondary wall is installed for improved sound insulation .

EFWB consists of a metal frame, suitable reinforced and modulated. Two special anti-vibration elastic
support, EFWB is placed internally to absorb positive and negative axial forces.

EFWB are not to be used for vertical support.

70

60

EFWB Selection Table 50

Load (Κg)

MAX AXIAL 40
Dimensions (mm)
TYPE RESTRAINT 30

(kg) A B C 20

EFWB 25 (Black) 25 110 70 50 10

EFWB 50 (White) 50 110 70 50

0
Natural frequency (At maximum load) : 10 Hz 0 2 4 6 8 10
Deflection (mm)

93
 Turret Rubber Mountings

Stationary Mounting

EFTM rubber mountings are designed to provide

superior attenuation of medium to high frequency
vibration and noise emanating from a wide range of
motor driven machines particularly axial and
centrifugal fans. High resilence rubber with low
If bolting is preferred: Mountings are dynamic to static stiffness ratio ensures maximum
furnished with a tapped hole in the center. This efficiency, good creep performance and long service
enables the equipment to be bolted securely to life.
the mounting.
Mobile mounting: A restraining bolt is required Design Features
for mobile and marine applications to control
inertia forces. Mobile mounting have the same Moulded in first grade natural rubber with
load deflection characteristics as the stationary integral steel base and upper fixing boss.
mounting. Also available with oil & environment resistant
No bolting required: Mountings may be used durable Neoprene/Nitrile Rubber.
without bolting under machines having no Manufactured in three sizes, each available in
lateral or severe vertical motion. three rubber compounds identified by a colour
If bolt hole is inaccessible: Use set screw spot.
threaded up from under. “H" must exceed Static deflections of up to 8mm with loads from
maximum mounting deflection. 5kg to 400 kg.

Typical Applications

Axial and Centrifugal Fans

Air Handling Units
Air Conditioning Equipments
Equipment Restraining
Bolt Packaged Air Conditioners
Floating Floors
Generators & Mobile Equipments
Pumps & Refrigeration Plants
Rotary and Multi Cylinder Compressors.

Base Note: Turret mountings should not be used on

machines exhibiting high out of balance forces
without restraining bolt.
Gap
(1 to 3mm) Rubber
Steel Washer Washer

94
 Technical Specifications

Tolerance or deflection at rated load is

± 15%.
Above part number requires standard
upper screw size J.
For height adjustable variant add
suffix HA after part number.
Maximum height adjustment
available is 10mm with HA variant.

Part Colour Rate Deflection Nominal Dimensions (mm) Approx

No. Code Load at Rate Wt (kg)
(kg) A B C D E F G H J K L M

EFTM 100.Y YELLOW 28

EFTM 100.B BLUE 50 6 80 57 45 9 12 32 5 41 M8X20 42 13 18 0.11
EFTM 100.R RED 80

EFTM 101.Y YELLOW 110

EFTM 101.B BLUE 180 8 95 71 60 9 14 45 5 56 M10X25 56 18 28 0.25
EFTM 101.R RED 280

EFTM 102.Y YELLOW 150

EFTM 102.B BLUE 260 8 150 115 86 11 22 70 6 82 M12X30 83 27 38 0.73
EFTM 102.R RED 400

Load/Deflection and Isolation Efficiency Graphs

Height Adjustable
Variant (HA)
1000rpm

1200rpm

1500rpm
2000rpm

3000rpm
TM102.R
TM102.B
TM100.R

TM101.R
TM100.Y

TM100.B

TM101.Y

TM101.B

TM102.Y

6
Deflection (mm)

2
Please Note: Isolation efficiency is
1 based on dynamic rather than static
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 stiffness for accurate calculation of
Load (kg) Isolation Efficiency (%) system performance.

Due to policy of continual improvement, the specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
Measurements are subject to 5% tolerance.
To achieve good sound suppression do not over load fitting.

95
 Fail Safe Mount

Salient Features
Fail Safe Design
Built - in protection when the equipment is lifted
Rugged Construction

Colour Max Load Defl

Size Type B
Code in kgs. in mm
A Blue 50 3.0
EFFSM - 1 B White 85 3.0
C Green 120 3.0
A Blue 150 3.0
EFFSM - 2 B White 225 3.0
C Green 300 3.0 F
A Blue 420 3.0
EFFSM - 3 B White 525 3.0
C Green 650 3.0
G
A Blue 700 3.0
EFFSM - 4 B White 950 3.0
C Green 1200 3.0
A Blue 1400 3.0 ØK
EFFSM - 5 B White 1700 3.0
E
C Green 2000 3.0

D
Type EFFSM
Dimension in mm
Size
A B C D E FxG H ØK
C

EFFSM - 1 100 78 32 18 M8 13 x 8.5 6 57

EFFSM - 2 125 100 43 40 M12 15 x 10.5 8 84
H
EFFSM - 3 190 160 65 40 M16 18 x 12.5 12 120
EFFSM - 4 240 200 85 42 M20 24 x 16.5 14 160 A
EFFSM - 5 320 270 118 40 M24 30 x 20.5 20 214

96
 Stabiflex Mount (STB)
Design
Annular Rubber Ring
Inner Metal Core with tapped hole to take bolt from supporting machinery
Outer Metal Ring with holes provided for bolt in wherever required
Protruding Rubber Ring acting as a non-skid pad for direct floor mounting
without fastening bolts
Plated steel cap for oil & corrosion protection

Advantages
Eliminates upto 98% Vibrations
Accepts Large Transitory Shocks
2-3 Times Stiffer Radially than Axially
Quick and Easy Installation
Fixing by bolts and rebound stop facility for Mobile Application
Oil & Corrosion Protection

Typical Applications
Extensively used for supporting Engine and Operator Cabin in Hydraulic Excavators and other Earth Moving
Machinery.
Support Large Motor Compressor Units, Naval Application, Generators, Tanks, Diesel Engines, Reducers etc. on
ground and mobile equipment.
Used under Metal Working Machinery. Taxtile Machinery, Refrigeration & Air Conditioning Equipment.
C C

B B
J J J

D DxD

Diamond Square

Characteristics
Shore ‘A’
Type Physical
50 60 70
Part No. Load. Defl. Load. Defl. Load. Defl. Base Height Threaded Centres Hole
Dia. x no.
Kg. mm. Kg. mm. Kg. mm. B C D J
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) x nos.

STB 0069 30 3 50 3 70 3 Diamond 41 M - 12 98 9x2

STB 0084 80 4 130 4 175 3 Diamond 51 M - 12 115 11 x 2
STB 0100 185 3 300 3 400 3 Square 52 M - 12 90 x 90 11 x 4
STB 0133 450 5 725 5 1000 4 Square 72 M - 16 114 x 114 13 x 4
COLOUR Green Blue Red

97
 Easy Mount
Introduction
The Easy Mount assembly consists of base and cover into which are a pair of rubber to metal bonded flexible units
sandwiched in an angular disposition. These are loaded in a combination of shear and compression for longest life
and best load /deflection characteristics. Besides the desired vertical flexibility, easymounts are stiffer in the
transverse direction as compared to flexibility in the horizontal direction. Full advantage of this characteristic is
taken by disposing the mountings so that the greater flexibility is available in the direction in which it is needed.
When three or more mountings are arranged symmetrically around a vertical axis, the flexibility of the suspension is
the same in all direction. Such an arrangement is very useful for centrifuges, washing machines and other
machinery revolving about a vertical axis.

The mountings are designed to protect the rubber inserts from oil and physical damage. A levelling device can also
be provided for machines requiring precision leveling. The pads are made in oil resisting rubber and can be used on
all kinds of floor. The rubber friction pad provided at the bottom obviates the necessity of bolting the machine to
floor. Easy Mounts can be conveniently arranged in tandem for doubling deflection for very low frequency
vibrations.

Applications Features
Generating Sets No grouting
Centrifugals Instant installation with friction pads
Compressors Upto 60% saving on foundation costs
Diesel Engines Upto 95% vibration absorption
Fans 20% noise reduction
Furnaces Fewer repairs and longer life or equipment
Chambers Accurate work and improvement in output
Grinders efficiency
Machine Tools
Pumps
Power Presses
Polishing Machines
Printing Machines
Textile Machines
Vibrating Screens
Washing Machines
Mobile Units

Due to policy of continual improvement, the specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
Measurements are subject to 5% tolerance.
To achieve good sound suppression do not over load fitting.

98
 Technical Specification

F
H

E
J G
STYLES 50, 58, 75, 120, 240

Characteristics

LOAD CAPACITIES DIMENSIONS

Load Def Load Def Load Def Load Def Load Def A E F G H J
STYLE kg mm kg mm kg mm kg mm kg mm mm mm mm mm mm

EFEM-50/A 80 5.6 120 5.8 160 6.2 240 5.8 320 5.3 70 77 124 80 ½” 14

EFEM-120/B 280 6.4 550 5.6 850 5.6 1040 5.6 1580 5.6 110 136 200 156 M-16 15

COLOUR GREY BROWN GREEN BLUE RED

Mounting Selection Guide

Disturbing frequency (CPM) 600 720 950 1250 1440 2000 2850

Isolation Efficiency (%) 70 70 70 75 80 85 90

Static Deflection (mm) 10.0 7.6 4.0 3.0 2.6 1.8 1.2

Available Rubbers Natural Neoprene Nitrile

Code N C B

Due to policy of continual improvement, the specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
Measurements are subject to 5% tolerance.
To achieve good sound suppression do not over load fitting.

99
 Level Mount

"Easyflex" Level Mounts for Vibration/Shock/Noise Isolation

Here's All You Have To Do

Move machine into place.
Raise Machine
Attach Mounts and lower machine.
Adjust leveling screws until machine is level.

"Easyflex" Mounts Take only a Few Minutes to Install.

Economy & Advantages

"Easy Flex" Level-Mounts require no expense for floor preparation, bolts, anchor plates, masonary
Drilling and re-cementing.
Built-in levelling adjustment saves time, labour and money.
Mounts are practically indestructible and match the life of mounted machine.
No Foundation * Flexible Production Lines * Shock &
Vibration Isolation * Reduced Maintenance & Less Noise
Available in Oil Resistant Nitrile Rubber.

Load Standard Length

Size
Capacity Bolt Size inch/mm
Type : SC - 12 (Heavy Duty)
EFLM-090/SC-12 900 - 1350 1/2"/M 12 4"/100mm
EFLM-110/SC-12 1350 - 2000 5/8"/M 16 5"/125mm
EFLM-128/SC-12 1800 - 2700 5/8"/M 16 5"/125mm
EFLM-156/SC-12 2700 - 4050 3/4"/M 20 6"/150mm
EFLM-180/SC-12 3600 - 5400 3/4"/M 20 6"/150mm
EFLM-210/SC-12 4900 - 7300 1"/M 24 8"/200mm
EFLM-240/SC-12 6400 - 9600 1"/M 24 8"/200mm
EFLM-300/SC-12 10000 - 15000 As per requirement
EFLM-400/SC-12 17600 - 26700 As per requirement

Note : To be used with Load Factor

100
 Rubber Hanger
Introduction
Vibration Isolation Hangers effectively Isolate transmission of Vibration and Structurally Sound. Hangers
prevent many installation errors by permitting degree of freedom of movement of piping thus frequently
eliminating the need of Flexible Hose Connections. Hangers will also take care of expansion problems of riser
Pipe lines

Specifications :
Constructed of a Neoprene Element in a square bracket.
Compact Model for Space Saving Installations.
Low cost, low deflection hanger for machinery with operating speeds of >1000RPM

Model No. Point Load Deflection Rod Size Hanger Dimensions (mm)
Kgs mm mm A B C D E
EFRH120 120 6 10 95 40 35 55 41
EFRH070 70 6 8 61 33 28 50 31
EFRH035 35 8 8 61 33 28 50 31
EFRH025 25 6 8 61 33 28 50 31

Typical Suspension Applications

Accoustical Ceiling
Air Handling Units
Air Conditioner
Axial Fans Blowers
Cooling and Heating Equipment
Ductwork Exhaust System
Fan Coil Units

Due to policy of continual improvement, the specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
Measurements are subject to 5% tolerance.
To achieve good sound suppression do not over load fitting.

101
 Spring Hanger
Features
EFSH Spring Hangers consist of freestanding. laterally stable steel springs in series with a molded elastomeric
element assembled into a stamped and welded hanger bracket. The hanger brackets and the springs are
powder coated. Spring vibration isolation hangers are designed to provide high efficiency isolation from
structure-borne vibration and noise. Springs are color-coded and in compliance with ASHRAE guidelines,
springs are designed with a horizontal stiffness of at least 100% of the vertical stiffness, to ensure stability. This
is achieved through high spring diameter to operating height ratios - 0.85 to 1.0 (as against the minimum of
0.80 required by ASHRAE). M
Top Hole

F
w

H
G

Applications L

EFSH Hangers are used to isolate suspended sources of both noise and vibration. Suspended mechanical
equipment such as air handling units, FCU's cabinet fans, piping and ductwork in close proximity to rotating
mechanical equipment are typical applications of model EFSH hangers.

Compliance - Springs designed according to BS 1726 (Part 1) and recommendations made by

SAE (US) and ASHRAE

RATED
ISOLATOR COLOR DEFLECTION M L W H F TOP HOLE G
LOAD
MODEL CODE (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
(kg)

EFSH 20/15 WHITE 15 20 53 57 38 70 10 12 44

EFSH 20/30 YELLOW 30 20 53 57 38 70 10 12 44
EFSH 20/50 PURPLE 50 20 53 57 38 70 10 12 44
EFSH 25/10 PURPLE 10 25 53 62 52 100 12 13 70
EFSH 25/15 YELLOW 15 25 53 62 52 100 12 13 70
EFSH 25/20 GREY 20 25 53 62 52 100 12 13 70
EFSH 25/40 LIGHT BLUE 40 25 53 62 52 100 12 13 70
EFSH 25/60 GREEN 60 25 53 62 52 100 12 13 70
EFSH 15/100 100 15 83 90 65 125 14 15 79
EFSH 25/100 GREEN 100 25 83 90 65 125 14 15 79
EFSH 25/160 ORANGE 160 25 83 90 65 125 14 15 79
EFSH 25/200 RED 200 25 83 90 65 125 14 15 79
EFSH 25/250 PURPLE 250 25 83 90 65 125 14 15 79
EFSH 25/300 GREY 300 25 102 112 95 165 18 19 104
EFSH 25/400 ORANGE 400 25 102 112 95 165 18 19 104
EFSH 25/500 BROWN 500 25 102 112 95 165 18 19 104
EFSH 25/600 BLACK 600 25 102 112 95 165 18 19 104
EFSH 25/800 RED 800 25 102 112 95 165 18 19 104
EFSH 25/1050 WHITE 1050 25 102 112 95 165 18 19 104
EFSH 25/1250 GREEN 1250 25 102 112 95 165 18 19 104

Due to policy of continual improvement, the specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
Measurements are subject to 5% tolerance.
To achieve good sound suppression do not over load fitting.

102
 Spring And Rubber
Combination Hanger
Features
EFSRH Spring Hangers consist of freestanding. laterally stable steel springs in series with a molded
elastomeric element assembled into a stamped and welded hanger bracket. The hanger brackets and the
springs are powder coated. Spring vibration isolation hangers are designed to provide high efficiency isolation
from structure-borne vibration and noise. Springs are color-coded and in compliance with ASHRAE guidelines,
springs are designed with a horizontal stiffness of at least 100% of the vertical stiffness, to ensure stability. This
is achieved through high spring diameter to operating height ratios - 0.85 to 1.0 (as against the minimum of
0.80 required by ASHRAE).. These Hangers are double deflection Hangers specially suitable for Seismic
Applications.
M
Top
Hole

F
(Connecting -
Rod Size)
w

H
L

Applications L

EFSRH Hangers are used to isolate suspended sources of both noise and vibration. Suspended mechanical
equipment such as air handling units, FCU's cabinet fans, piping and ductwork in close proximity to rotating
mechanical equipment are typical applications of model EFSRH hangers.

Compliance - Springs designed according to BS 1726 (Part 1) and recommendations made by

SAE (US) and ASHRAE

RATED
ISOLATOR COLOR DEFLECTION M L W H F TOP HOLE
LOAD
MODEL CODE (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
(kg)

EFSRH 20/15 WHITE 15 20 53 62 52 100 10 12

EFSRH 20/30 YELLOW 30 20 53 62 52 100 10 12
EFSRH 20/50 PURPLE 50 20 53 62 52 100 10 12

RATED
ISOLATOR COLOR DEFLECTION M L W H F TOP HOLE
LOAD
MODEL CODE (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
(kg)
EFSRH 25/20 GREY 20 25 53 62 52 125 12 14
EFSRH 25/40 LIGHT BLUE 40 25 53 62 52 125 12 14
EFSRH 25/60 GREEN 60 25 53 62 52 125 12 14
EFSRH 25/100 GREEN 100 25 83 90 65 165 14 15
EFSRH 25/160 ORANGE 160 25 83 90 65 165 14 15
EFSRH 25/200 RED 200 25 83 90 65 165 14 15
EFSRH 25/250 PURPLE 250 25 83 90 65 165 14 15

Due to policy of continual improvement, the specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
Measurements are subject to 5% tolerance.
To achieve good sound suppression do not over load fitting.

103
 Pipe Hanger
Selection Data
Piping Weight and Spacing - Water
Pipe Size (in.) 1 1.25 1.5 2 2.5 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
Pipe Schedule 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 30 30 30 20
Max. Spacing (m) 2.1 2.1 2.7 3.0 3.4 3.7 4.3 4.9 5.2 5.8 6.1 7.0 7.6 8.2 8.5 9.1
Insulation (mm)* 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38
Wt. per M (kg)
Pipe 2.5 3.4 4.0 5.5 8.6 11.3 16.1 21.9 28.3 42.6 60.5 80.0 81.4 93.3 122.4 117.3
Water 0.6 0.9 1.3 2.2 3.1 4.8 8.2 12.9 18.6 32.3 50.9 72.1 89.0 117.9 148.6 187.8
Insulation 0.9 1.0 1.2 1.3 1.6 1.9 2.2 4.5 5.1 6.2 7.6 9.0 9.7 10.9 12.2 13.4
Total 4.0 5.3 6.5 9.0 13.3 18.0 26.5 39.3 52.0 81.1 119.0 161.1 180.1 222.1 283.2 318.5
Wt. @ 3 m Spacing (kg) - - - 27 40 54 80 118 156 243 357 483 540 666 850 955
EFSH Hanger Model No. 25/40 25/40 25/60 25/100 25/160 25/160 25/250 25/400 25/500 25/600 25/800 25/1050 25/1050
Recommended. Rod Size (mm)* - - - 10 10 10 13 13 13 13 16 16 18 18 18 18
Wt. @ 6 m Spacing (kg) - - - - - - - - - - 714 966 1080 - - -
EFSH Hanger Model No. 25/800 25/1050 25/1250
Recommended. Rod Size (mm)* - - - - - - - - - 18 18 18 - - -
Max. Spacing (m) 2.1 2.1 2.7 3.0 3.4 3.7 4.3 4.9 5.2 5.8 6.1 7.0 7.6 8.2 8.5 9.1
Wt. @ Max. Spacing (kg) 8.6 11.8 18.1 27.7 44.9 65.8 113.4 190.9 269.4 469.9 724.8 1128.1 - - - -
EFSH Hanger Model No. 25/10 25/15 25/20 25/40 25/60 25/100 25/160 25/200 25/300 25/500 25/800 25/1250
Recommended. Rod Size (mm)* 6 10 10 10 10 10 13 13 13 16 18 18 - - - -

Piping Weight and Spacing - Steam

Pipe Size (in.) 1 1.25 1.5 2 2.5 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24
Pipe Schedule 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 30 30 30 20 20
Insulation (mm)* 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51
Wt. per M (kg)
Pipe 2.5 3.4 4.0 5.5 8.6 11.3 16.1 21.9 28.3 42.6 60.5 80.0 81.4 93.4 122.4 117.3 141.3
Insulation 1.8 1.9 2.1 2.4 2.7 3.1 3.7 6.2 7.1 8.8 10.5 12.2 13.3 15.0 16.7 18.3 21.6
Total 4.3 5.3 6.1 7.9 11.3 14.4 19.8 28.1 35.4 51.4 71.0 92.2 94.7 108.4 139.1 135.6 162.9
Wt. @ 3 m Spacing (kg) - 16 18 24 34 43 59 84 106 154 231 277 284 325 417 407 489
EFSH Hanger Model No. 25/20 25/20 25/40 25/40 25/60 25/60 25/100 25/160 25/160 25/250 25/300 25/300 25/400 25/500 25/500 25/500
Recommended. Rod Size (mm)* - 10 10 10 10 10 10 13 13 13 13 16 16 16 16 16 16
Wt. @ 6 m Spacing (kg) - - - - - - - - 212 308 426 554 568 650 834 814 978
EFSH Hanger Model No. 25/250 25/400 25/500 25/600 25/600 25/800 25/1050 25/1050 25/1050
Recommended. Rod Size (mm)* - - - - - - - - 13 16 16 18 18 18 18 18 18
Max. Spacing (m) 2.7 3.0 3.7 4.0 4.3 4.6 5.2 5.8 6.4 7.3 8.0 9.1 9.8 10.7 11.3 11.9 11.9
Wt. @ Max. Spacing (kg) 12 16 23 31 49 66 103 163 227 376 562 842 924 1156 - - -
EFSH Hanger Model No. 25/15 25/20 25/40 25/40 25/60 25/100 25/160 25/200 25/250 25/400 25/600 25/1050 25/1050 25/1250
Recommended. Rod Size (mm)* 6 10 10 10 10 10 13 13 13 16 18 18 18 18 - - -

*Insulation weight based on Magnesia Insulation.

Approximate Flanged Fitting Weights (kg)

Bonnet Bonnet
Thermal expansion of pipe in cm per meter from 21 deg.c Pipe Size Check Gate
0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5
in. (mm) Valve Valve Elbow Tee Flange
350 16547
1 (25) - 4.1 3.6 5.0 1.8
Cast 1.5 (38) - 12.2 5.4 8.2 1.8
300 Iron 8618
2 (51) 11.8 16.8 8.2 10.1 2.3
Temperature in Degrees.C

Saturated Steam Pres kpa

250 3995 2.5 (64) 16.3 22.7 12.2 15.9 3.2

Carbon & Carbon Maly
Steels
3 (76) 20.1 30.0 15.0 18.1 4.1
200 1551 4 (102) 36.3 49.4 25.4 33.6 6.8
5 (127) 54.4 63.5 35.4 41.3 8.6
150 476 6 (152) 70.3 77.1 44.0 53.1 10.4
8 (203) 136.1 113.4 72.6 82.6 14.5
100 Austenitic Stainless 101
10 (254) 204.1 213.2 117.9 131.5 23.6
Steels and Copper
50
12 (305) 306.2 313.0 176.9 181.4 31.8
14 (356) 408.2 430.9 235.9 272.2 42.2
0 16 (406) 544.3 567.0 328.9 340.2 54.4
18 (457) 621.9 748.4 444.5 421.8 63.5
20 (508) 803.8 907.2 589.7 499.0 79.4
24 (610) 1360.8 1406.1 839.1 839.1 113.4

104
 Cup Spring Mount
Applications
EFCUS Cup Spring isolators are recommended for use in isolating sources of noise and vibration located near
critically quiet areas. They are highly effective for control of both high and low frequency vibration produced by
reciprocating refrigeration compressors, pumps, packaged air-handing and air-conditioning equipments,
centrifugal and axial fans, inertia bases, internal combustion engines. etc.
CAP SCREW
EQUIPMENT BASE

"D" ADJUSTMENT BOLT

NEOPRENE ACOUSTICAL CUP

BASE PLATE

Features
Laterally stable springs with neoprene top and base.
Color-Coded springs according to load ratings.
Non-skid bolt down base.
Plated leveling / lock bolt.
Isolates low frequency vibration.
Springs are designed for 50% overload capacity

RATED LOAD DEFLECTION A B R FH*

ISOLATOR MODEL COLOR CODE D d
(kg) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)

EFCUS 25-30 YELLOW 30 25 112 76 92 116 M-16 M-8

EFCUS 25-60 BLUE 60 25 112 76 92 116 M-16 M-8
EFCUS 25-100 GREEN 100 25 112 76 92 116 M-16 M-8
EFCUS 25-160 ORANGE 160 25 112 76 92 116 M-16 M-8
EFCUS 25-200 RED 200 25 112 76 92 116 M-16 M-8
EFCUS 25-250 PURPLE 250 25 112 76 92 116 M-16 M-8
EFCUS 25-300 GREY 300 25 140 100 115 150 M-18 M-12
EFCUS 25-400 ORANGE 400 25 140 100 115 150 M-18 M-12
EFCUS 25-500 BROWN 500 25 140 100 115 150 M-18 M-12
EFCUS 25-600 BLACK 600 25 140 100 115 150 M-18 M-12
EFCUS 25-800 RED 800 25 140 100 115 150 M-18 M-12
EFCUS 25-1050 WHITE 1050 25 140 100 115 150 M-18 M-12
EFCUS 25-1250 GREEN 1250 25 140 100 115 150 M-18 M-12

Compliance - Springs designed according to BS 1726 (Part 1) and recommendations made by

SAE (US) and ASHRAE

Due to policy of continual improvement, the specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
Measurements are subject to 5% tolerance.
To achieve good sound suppression do not over load fitting.

105
 Cup Spring Mount ‘A’
Applications
EFCUSA Cup Spring isolators are recommended for use in isolating sources of noise and vibration located
near critically quiet areas. They are highly effective for control of both high and low frequency vibration
produced by reciprocating refrigeration compressors, pumps, packaged air-handing and air-conditioning
equipments, centrifugal and axial fans, inertia bases, internal combustion engines. etc.

CAP SCREW
EQUIPMENT BASE

"D" ADJUSTMENT BOLT

NEOPRENE ACOUSTICAL CUP (H)

Features
Laterally stable springs with neoprene top and base.
Color-Coded springs according to load ratings.
Non-skid bolt down base.
Plated leveling / lock bolt.
Isolates low frequency vibration.
Springs are designed for 50% overload capacity

RATED LOAD DEFLECTION FH* D H

ISOLATOR MODEL COLOR CODE (kg) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)

EFCUSA 25-30 YELLOW 30 25 118 M16 68

EFCUSA 25-60 BLUE 60 25 118 M16 68
EFCUSA 25-100 GREEN 100 25 118 M16 68
EFCUSA 25-160 ORANGE 160 25 118 M16 68
EFCUSA 25-200 RED 200 25 118 M16 68
EFCUSA 25-250 PURPLE 250 25 118 M16 68
EFCUSA 25-300 GREY 300 25 142 M18 90
EFCUSA 25-400 ORANGE 400 25 142 M18 90
EFCUSA 25-500 BROWN 500 25 142 M18 90
EFCUSA 25-600 BLACK 600 25 142 M18 90
EFCUSA 25-800 RED 800 25 142 M18 90
EFCUSA 25-1050 WHITE 1050 25 142 M18 90
EFCUSA 25-1250 GREEN 1250 25 142 M18 90

Compliance - Springs designed according to BS 1726 (Part 1) and recommendations made by

SAE (US) and ASHRAE

Due to policy of continual improvement, the specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
Measurements are subject to 5% tolerance.
To achieve good sound suppression do not over load fitting.

106
 Enclosed Spring Isolator
Specifications
A unique range of spring mountings designed primarily for building services applications where the control of low
frequency vibrations and noise emanating from mechanical plants is of paramount importance.
The benefits of a combined rubber and steel housing for the spring have helped establish the EFESI mount as an
industry standard accepted by specifier, equipment manufacturers and mechanical services installers.

A E

Steel Top Cap

Color Coded
Helical Spring (Inside)
B D and Making Outside.

F Neoprene Noise Cover

Base Plate
Rubber Pad
C
Base Plate Holes

Design Feature
Nitrile rubber (oil resistant) lower spring housing eliminates the possibility of metallic continuity and
ensures excellent acoustic performance.
Fully enclosed captive assembly protects the spring and controls transient motion.
All steel components are zinc plated.
Nominal 25 & 50 mm deflection color coded helical steel springs to BS1726 Class B.
Laterally stable Springs with 50% overload capacity.
Simple single screw height adjustment.
Ribbed Rubber pads on base.
Color coded Spring for easy identification.
Stainless Steel and Zinc Electroplated variants available.

Deflection Dimensions (mm)

Colour Rated Load
Typical Applications Part No.
Code (kg)
At Rated
A B C D
F
E (mm)
Load (mm)
Axial and Centrifugal Fans. EFESI 25/30 Yellow 30 25
Air Handling Units. EFESI 25/60 Green 60 25
EFESI 25/100 Blue 100 25 110 70 85 92 M10 10
Chillers and Cooling Towers.
EFESI 25/160 White 160 25
Rotary and Multi Cylinder EFESI 25/250 Red 250 25
Compressors. EFESI 25/200 Red 200 25
Mechanical Test Rigs. EFESI 25/300 Purple 300 25
Isolation of Sensitive Equipment. EFESI 25/400 Grey 400 25
Blowers EFESI 25/500 Orange 500 25 180 95 140 138 M16 14
EFESI 25/600 Brown 600 25
Inertia Bases EFESI 25/700 Orange 700 25
Diesel Gensets EFESI 25/800 Black 800 25
EFESI 50/100 Yellow 100 50
EFESI 50/200 Green 200 50
EFESI 50/300 Blue 300 50 180 95 140 175 M16 14
EFESI 50/400 White 400 50
EFESI 50/500 Black 500 50

Compliance - Springs designed according to BS 1726 (Part 1) and recommendations made by

SAE (US) and ASHRAE

Due to policy of continual improvement, the specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
Measurements are subject to 5% tolerance.
To achieve good sound suppression do not over load fitting.

107
 SS Housed Spring Isolator
Easyex-KIC introduced new isolator range designed in stainless steel or mechanical equipment installed in
external, costal and other hostile environments where control of low frequency vibration and noise emitting from
mechanical equipments / plants is of paramount importance.

Stainless Steel Top Cap (SS)

Helical Spring (Hot Dip Galvanised)

Inside

Neoprene Noise Cover

Base Plate (SS)

Rubber Pad

Enclosed Spring Isolator

Design Feature
Ÿ Stainless steel housing and base plate, fully enclosed captive assembly protects spring.
Ÿ Nominal 25 mm deection hot dip galvanised (HDG) helical steel spring designed as per BS 1726
part1: 1987 with 50% overload capacity.
Ÿ Neoprene rubber lower spring housing eliminates the possibility of metallic continuity and ensures
excellent acoustic performance.

Typical Applications
Ÿ Axial/centrifugal fans.
Ÿ AHU's, chillers, cooling towers.
Ÿ Rotary multi-cylinder compressors.
Ÿ Water distillation RO membrane assembly units.
Ÿ DG sets.
Ÿ Isolation of sensitive equipments.

Deflection Dimensions (mm)

Colour Rated Load
Part No. At Rated
Code (kg) F
Load (mm) A B C D E (mm)
EFESI 25/30 Yellow 30 25
EFESI 25/60 Green 60 25
EFESI 25/100 Blue 100 25 110 70 85 92 M10 10
EFESI 25/160 White 160 25
EFESI 25/250 Red 250 25
EFESI 25/200 Red 200 25
EFESI 25/300 Purple 300 25
EFESI 25/400 Grey 400 25
EFESI 25/500 Orange 500 25
EFESI 25/600 Brown 600 25 180 95 140 138 M16 14
EFESI 25/700 Orange 700 25
EFESI 25/800 Black 800 25
EFESI 50/100 Yellow 100 50
EFESI 50/200 Green 200 50
EFESI 50/300 Blue 300 50
EFESI 50/400 White 400 50 180 95 140 175 M16 14
EFESI 50/500 Black 500 50

Compliance - Springs designed according to BS 1726 (Part 1) and recommendations made by

SAE (US) and ASHRAE

108
 Open Spring Mountings

Design Features

Unique expanding rubber and fixing of spring which

also provides high frequency attenuation.
Nominal 20, 25 & 50 mm deflection colour coded This unique range of open spring mounting uses an
springs with 50% overload capacity. integral rubber end fixing of the spring which sets
them apart from all other designs. Loose springs and
Can be bolted to supporting structure or free
plates are now history and high frequency and noise
standing on 6mm thick ribbed rubber pad. attenuation is provided regardless of whether rubber
Fully height adjustable. seating pad is used or not.
Zinc plated metals. Originally designed for use with type IPF Inertia
Pouring Frames, the EFOS Mountings are
No snubbing gives maximum efficiency.
now widely used to isolate vibration from every
conceivable type of rotating and reciprocating
machine. Some examples being air handing units,
Isolation Efficiency at Typical axial and centrifugal fans, low level pipe work,
Machine Speeds ductwork, condensing units, pumps, generating sets,
chillers, etc. Where control of transient motion is
M/C Speed EFFICIENCY %
(rpm) 15mm DEFL 25mm DEFL 50mm DEFL
required open spring mountings can be used in
300 do not use 34.0 75.2
conjunction with our Viscous Dampers Type EFVD.
500 68.7 83.3 92.3
750 88.1 93.2 96.7 Size LOAD RANGE NOMINAL DEFLECTION
(kg) (mm)
1000 93.7 96.3 98.2
1200 95.5 97.4 98.7
EFOSB 10-100 20
1500 97.3 98.4 99.2 EFOS25 30-2300 25
1750 98.0 99.8 99.4 EFOS50 100-1300 50
2000 98.5 99.1 99.5

This above figures are theoretical values only based on the vertical natural frequency of the spring system assuming in infinitely stiff structural
supports. The effects of high frequency spring coil resonances on low frequency performance are also ignored.

Compliance - Springs designed according to BS 1726 (Part 1) and recommendations made by

SAE (US) and ASHRAE

Due to policy of continual improvement, the specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
Measurements are subject to 5% tolerance.
To achieve good sound suppression do not over load fitting.

109
 Design Data & Dimensions

RATED DIMENSIONS (mm)

PART COLOUR DEFLECTION
LOAD
NO. CODE (KG) AT RATED
A B C D E F G H J
EFOS25/30 Yellow 30 25
EFOS25/60 Green 60 25
EFOS25/100 Blue 100 25 115 85 70 110 10 M10 10 20 55
EFOS25/160 White 160 25
EFOS25/250 Red 250 25
EFOS25/200 Red 200 25
EFOS25/300 Purple 300 25
EFOS25/400 Grey 400 25
160 110 100 140 11 M16 12 27 75
EFOS25/500 Orange 500 25
EFOS25/600 Brown 600 25
EFOS25/700 Orange 700 25
EFOS25/800 Black 800 25
EFOS50/100 Yellow 100 50
EFOS50/200 Green 200 50
EFOS50/300 Blue 300 50 188 110 100 140 11 M16 12 27 75
EFOS50/400 White 400 50
EFOS50/500 Black 500 50
EFOS25/650 Yellow 650 26
EFOS25/850 Green 850 27 182 110 100 140 11 M16 12 27 75
EFOS25/1050 Blue 1050 26
EFOS25/1250 White 1250 26
EFOS25/1300 Red 1300 27
EFOS25/1600 Purple 1600 25 225 210 150 250 18 M24 16 51 75
EFOS25/2000 Grey 2000 26
EFOS25/2300 Brown 2300 29
EFOS50/510 Black/Purple 510 51
EFOS50/760 Black/Grey 760 51
240 210 150 250 18 M20 16 42 80
EFOS50/1000 Black/Orange 1000 50
EFOS50/1300 Black/Brown 1300 53

Spring Stiffness is linear over its working range.

RATED DEFLECTION AT
PART NO. COLOUR CODE
LOAD (KG) RATED LOAD (MM)

EFOSB20/10 Purple 10 20

EFOSB20/15 Yellow 15 20

EFOSB20/20 Grey 20 20

EFOSB20/40 Green 40 20

EFOSB20/70 Red 70 20

EFOSB20/100 Blue 100 20

Compliance - Springs designed according to BS 1726 (Part 1) and

recommendations made by SAE (US) and ASHRAE

Due to policy of continual improvement, the specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
Measurements are subject to 5% tolerance.
To achieve good sound suppression do not over load fitting.

110
 Spring Isolators with Vertical
Stop Units Model EFSIVSU

Design Data & Dimensions

PART COLOUR RATED DEFLECTION DIMENSIONS (mm)

NO. CODE LOAD AT RATED
(KG) A A’ B B’ C E F G FH
EFSIVSU25/30 YELLOW 30 25
EFSIVSU25/60 LIGHT BLUE 60 25
EFSIVSU25/100 GREEN 100 25
EFSIVSU25/160 ORANGE 160 25
135 86 72 47 84 Ø8 M10 M8 84MM
EFSIVSU25/200 RED 200 25
EFSIVSU25/250 PURPLE 250 25
EFSIVSU25/300 GREY 300 25
EFSIVSU25/400 ORANGE 400 25
EFSIVSU25/500 BROWN 500 25
EFSIVSU25/600 BLACK 600 25 136 93 82 57 91 Ø12 M16 M8 105MM
EFSIVSU25/800 RED 800 25

Spring Stiffness is linear over its working range.

Vertical Stop Units Spring

FH
HD Bolts

Jack or Block

A A

F
G
B’ B B

A’ C
Top Plate Bottom Plate

Compliance - Springs designed according to BS 1726 (Part 1) and recommendations made by

SAE (US) and ASHRAE

Due to policy of continual improvement, the specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
Measurements are subject to 5% tolerance.
To achieve good sound suppression do not over load fitting.
Compliance - Springs designed according to BS 1726 (Part 1) : 1987 and recommendations made by SAE (US)

111
 Closed Spring Isolator
Introduction
This unique range of Closed Spring Isolators uses an integral rubber end fixing of the spring which sets them
apart from all other designs. Loose springs and plates are now history and high frequency and noise
attenuation is provided with stable mounting.
Originally designed for use for Isolation of heavy equipment the Closed Spring Isolators are now widely used
to isolate vibration from every conceivable type of rotating and reciprocating machine. Some examples being
big Cooling Towers, Heavy Centrifugal Fans, Heavy Condensing Units, Pumps, Generating Sets, Chillers etc.
These Closed Spring Isolators are cost effective and are a much cheaper option compared to our Spring and
Viscous Dampers.

Base Plate Detail

E
F

D
C H

A
Ø 13mm

B 4mm
G

5
Features
Unique expanding rubber and fixing of spring which also provides high frequency attenuation.
25mm deflection colour coded springs with 50% overload capacity.
Can be bolted to supporting structure or free standing on 6mm thick ribbed rubber pad.
Fully height adjustable.
Powder Coated Springs & Body.
No snubbing gives maximum efficiency.

Applications Design Data & Dimensions

RATED DIMENSIONS (mm)
Heavy Fans PART NO.
COLOUR
LOAD DEFLECTION
Heavy Blowers CODE (KG) AT RATED A B C D E F G H
Generating Sets EFCSI2 25/400 Red 400 25 145 250 150 10 M16 210 137 110
Heavy Presses EFCSI2 25/600 Purple 600 25 145 250 150 10 M16 210 137 110
Centrifuges EFCSI2 25/800 Grey 800 25 145 250 150 10 M16 210 137 110
Cooling Towers EFCSI2 25/1000 Orange 1000 25 145 250 150 10 M16 210 137 110
Drop Hammers EFCSI2 25/1200 Brown 1200 25 145 250 150 10 M16 210 137 110
Large Machinery EFCSI2 25/1400 Orange 1400 25 145 250 150 10 M16 210 137 110
Building Foundations EFCSI2 25/1600 Black 1600 25 145 250 150 10 M16 210 137 110
EFCSI2 25/1700 Green 1700 25 180 250 150 15 M16 210 137 110
EFCSI2 25/2100 Blue 2100 25 180 250 150 15 M16 210 137 110
EFCSI2 25/2500 White 2500 25 180 250 150 15 M16 210 137 110
• Spring Stiffness is linear over its working range.

Compliance - Springs designed according to BS 1726 (Part 1) and recommendations made by

SAE (US) and ASHRAE

Due to policy of continual improvement, the specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
Measurements are subject to 5% tolerance.
To achieve good sound suppression do not over load fitting.

112
 Closed Spring Isolator
Introduction
This unique range of Closed Spring Isolators uses an integral rubber end fixing of the spring which sets them
apart from all other designs. Loose springs and plates are now history and high frequency and noise
attenuation is provided with stable mounting.
Originally designed for use for Isolation of heavy equipment the Closed Spring Isolators are now widely used
to isolate vibration from every conceivable type of rotating and reciprocating machine. Some examples being
big Cooling Towers, Heavy Centrifugal Fans, Heavy Condensing Units, Pumps, Generating Sets, Chillers etc.
These Closed Spring Isolators are cost effective and are a much cheaper option compared to our Spring and
Viscous Dampers.
Base Plate Detail
F

E
B

A
G

4mm

5
Features C

Unique expanding rubber and fixing of spring which also provides high frequency attenuation.
25mm/50mm deflection colour coded springs with 50% overload capacity.
Can be bolted to supporting structure or free standing on 6mm thick ribbed rubber pad.
Fully height adjustable.
Powder Coated Springs & Body.
No snubbing gives maximum efficiency.

Applications Design Data & Dimensions

RATED DIMENSIONS (mm)
PART COLOUR
Heavy Fans LOAD DEFLECTION
NO. CODE (KG) AT RATED A B C D E F G
Heavy Blowers EFCSI4 25/240 Yellow 240 kg 25 mm 93 82 110 110 6 M10 8
Generating Sets EFCSI4 25/400 Green 400 kg 25 mm 93 82 110 110 6 M10 8
EFCSI4 25/640 Orange 640 kg 25 mm 93 82 110 110 6 M10 8
Heavy Presses EFCSI4 25/800 Red 800 kg 25 mm 93 82 110 110 6 M10 8
EFCSI4 25/1000 Purple 1000 kg 25 mm 93 82 110 110 6 M10 8
Centrifuges EFCSI4 25/800 Red 800 kg 25 mm 145 200 250 250 10 M18 18
EFCSI4 25/1200 Purple 1200 kg 25 mm 145 200 250 250 10 M18 18
Cooling Towers EFCSI4 25/1600 Grey 1600 kg 25 mm 145 200 250 250 10 M18 18
EFCSI4 25/2000 Orange 2000 kg 25 mm 145 200 250 250 10 M20 20
Drop Hammers EFCSI4 25/2400 Brown 2400 kg 25 mm 145 200 250 250 10 M20 20
EFCSI4 25/3200 Black 3200 kg 25 mm 145 200 250 250 10 M20 20
Large Machinery EFCSI4 25/4200 Blue 4200 kg 25 mm 180 200 250 250 15 M25 25
EFCSI4 25/5000 White 5000 kg 25 mm 180 200 250 250 15 M25 25
Building Foundations EFCSI4 50/400 Yellow 400 kg 50 mm 175 200 250 250 10 M18 18
EFCSI4 50/800 Green 800 kg 50 mm 175 200 250 250 10 M18 18
EFCSI4 50/1200 Blue 1200 kg 50 mm 175 200 250 250 10 M18 18
EFCSI4 50/1600 White 1600 kg 50 mm 175 200 250 250 10 M18 18
EFCSI4 50/2000 Black 2000 kg 50 mm 175 200 250 250 10 M20 20
• Spring Stiffness is linear over its working range.
* Isolators with higher loading available. Please contact our engineering department for further information.

Compliance - Springs designed according to BS 1726 (Part 1) and recommendations made by

SAE (US) and ASHRAE

Due to policy of continual improvement, the specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
Measurements are subject to 5% tolerance.
To achieve good sound suppression do not over load fitting.

113
 Closed Spring Isolator
Introduction
This unique range of Closed Spring Isolators uses an integral rubber end fixing of the spring which sets them
apart from all other designs. Loose springs and plates are now history and high frequency and noise
attenuation is provided with stable mounting.
Originally designed for use for Isolation of heavy equipment the Closed Spring Isolators are now widely used
to isolate vibration from every conceivable type of rotating and reciprocating machine. Some examples being
big Cooling Towers, Heavy Centrifugal Fans, Heavy Condensing Units, Pumps, Generating Sets, Chillers etc.
These Closed Spring Isolators are cost effective and are a much cheaper option compared to our Spring and
Viscous Dampers.

Base Plate Detail

Features
Unique expanding rubber and fixing of spring which also provides high frequency attenuation.
25mm deflection colour coded springs with 50% overload capacity.
Can be bolted to supporting structure or free standing on 5mm thick rubber pad.
Fully height adjustable.
Powder Coated Springs & Body.

Applications Design Data & Dimensions

Heavy Fans PART COLOUR
RATED DIMENSIONS (mm)
Heavy Blowers LOAD DEFLECTION
NO. CODE (KG) AT RATED C D F G
Generating Sets EFCSI-6-5100 Green 5100 25 mm 350 250 M20 20
Heavy Presses EFCSI-6-6300 Blue 6300 25 mm 350 250 M20 20
Centrifuges EFCSI-6-7500 White 7500 25 mm 350 250 M20 20
Cooling Towers EFCSI-6-7800 Red 7800 25 mm 350 250 M20 20
Drop Hammers EFCSI-6-9600 Black 9600 25mm 350 250 M20 20
Large Machinery EFCSI-6-10500 Orange 10500 25 mm 350 250 M20 20
Building Foundations • Spring Stiffness is linear over its working range.
* Isolators with higher loading available. Please contact our engineering department for further information.

Compliance - Springs designed according to BS 1726 (Part 1) and recommendations made by

SAE (US) and ASHRAE

Due to policy of continual improvement, the specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
Measurements are subject to 5% tolerance.
To achieve good sound suppression do not over load fitting.

114
 Spring & Viscous Damper
Introduction
Reciprocating machinery creates large vibration forces which frequently require isolation from the surrounding
building structure. Large forces or doubtful machine stability may require the use of an inertia block of steel or
concrete to provide low dynamic amplitude on the machine whilst providing a stable and stiff base which may be
supported by steel springs or other resilient devices. Many applications will operate quite satisfactorily with only an
undamped steel spring support, but where system resonances may be excited to unacceptable amplitude due to
the varying speed of the machine or transient conditions, damping must be incorporated.
Our range of steel springs and damper units for the support of machines are as diverse as laboratory balances and
turbo generator sets. Although standard components are used, each system is individuality designed and
analysed to ensure that the correct stiffness and masses are provided to permit proper operation of the mounted
equipment. First introduced over 40 years ago, these systems are now used world over.

A
9.6
C

D F
X X
90mm

Plate
Piston & Cylinder Rubber Pad
E

Features
Unit Load Range Deflection
Loads up to several hundred tonnes
Up to 20% of critical damping Type (KG) (MM)
Concrete foundation isolation EFVD2-25/60 40-60 15-25
Systems incorporate free standing spring units with EFVD2-25/120 70-120 15-25
viscous dampers. EFVD2-25/200 120-200 15-25
Simple to install and reliable EFVD2-25/320 190-320 15-25
Vertical natural frequencies in the range 1.4 to 3.0 Hz. EFVD2-25/500 240-500 15-25
Lower foundation may be built less massively. EFVD2-25/600 360-600 15-25
Life of mounting system greater than life of EFVD2-25/800 480-800 15-25
machinery. EFVD2-25/1000 600-1000 15-25
EFVD2-25/1200 720-1200 15-25
Applications
EFVD2-25/1600* 960-1600 15-25
Analytical Balances & Microscopes EFVD2-25/2000 1200-2000 15-25
Fans & Blowers EFVD2-25/2400 1440-2400 15-25
Boiler Feed Pumps
Coal Crushers & Pulverizers EFVD2-50/200 160-200 40-50
Turbo Generating Sets & Generators EFVD2-50/400 320-400 40-50
Forging Hammers & Heavy Presses EFVD2-50/600 480-600 40-50
Centrifuges EFVD2-50/800 640-800 40-50
Technical Floors EFVD2-50/1000 800-1000 40-50
Large Machinery EFVD2-50/1200 960-1200 40-50
Drop Hammers
EFVD2-50/1600 1290-1600 40-50
Test Beds
EFVD2-50/2000 1600-2000 40-50
Building Isolation

Compliance - Springs designed according to BS 1726 (Part 1) and recommendations made by

SAE (US) and ASHRAE

Due to policy of continual improvement, the specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
Measurements are subject to 5% tolerance.
To achieve good sound suppression do not over load fitting.

115
 Closed Spring Viscous Damper
Type EFCSD1
Introduction
Reciprocating machinery creates large vibration forces which frequently require isolation from the surrounding
building structure. Large forces or doubtful machine stability may require the use of an inertia block of steel or
concrete to provide low dynamic amplitude on the machine whilst providing a stable and stiff base which may be
supported by steel springs or other resilient devices. Many applications will operate quite satisfactorily with only an
undamped steel spring support, but where system resonances may be excited to unacceptable amplitude due to
the varying speed of the machine or transient conditions, damping must be incorporated.
Our range of steel springs and damper units for the support of machines are as diverse as laboratory balances and
turbo generator sets. Although standard components are used, each system is individuality designed and
analysed to ensure that the correct stiffness and masses are provided to permit proper operation of the mounted
equipment. First introduced over 40 years ago, these systems are now used world over.
B B

L
TOP PLATE

Deflection Load Free Height L B

Model (mm) (kg) (mm) (mm) (mm)
EFCSD1/200 25 200 125±2 125 125
EFCSD1/300 25 300 125±2 125 125
EFCSD1/400 25 400 125±2 125 125
EFCSD1/500 25 500 125±2 125 125
EFCSD1/600 25 600 125±2 125 125
EFCSD1/700 25 700 125±2 125 125
EFCSD1/800 25 800 125±2 125 125
EFCSD1/1050 25 1050 155±2 125 125
EFCSD1/1250 25 1250 155±2 125 125

Applications
Analytical Balances & Microscopes Technical Floors
Fans & Blowers Large Machinery
Pumps Test Beds
Turbo Generating Sets & Generators Building Isolation
Cerntrifuges Cooling Tower

Compliance - Springs designed according to BS 1726 (Part 1) and recommendations made by

SAE (US) and ASHRAE

Due to policy of continual improvement, the specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
Measurements are subject to 5% tolerance.
To achieve good sound suppression do not over load fitting.

116
 Cased Spring Mount
Design Features
Color coded springs to facilitate identification.

Powder coated springs.

Load upto 5000 kgs.*

Deflection upto 25mm*

4 Models

26 Load Ranges

Deflection is at rated load with 15% Tolerances.

All mounts have approximately 50% overload capacity.

Unique mount design provides horizontal stability, high loading capacity and protective spring enclosure

All mounts have external leveling arrangement, capable of compensating for full static deflection.

Inner walls of lower casing have resilient rubber snubbers which;

- Eliminates possibility of binding by providing a smooth guide path for the top casing.
- Limits lateral movement, particularly due to start-up, shut-down and horizontal wind load.
- Prevents isolator short-circuiting by avoiding metal to metal contact.

Neoprene inserts below springs and 6 mm thick ribbed base pad act as noise breaks for high frequencies in
the audible range, which can otherwise get transmitted to building structure.

Mountings must be adjusted so that upper housing clears lower housing by at least 6 mm and not more then
12 mm

External Leveling Bolt External Leveling Bolt

External Leveling Bolt

Spring
Spring Spring

Acoustic Friction Pad Acoustic Friction Pad

Acoustic Friction Pad

EFCS 60 - EFCS 1250 EFCS II 600 - EFCS II 2500 EFCS IV 1200 - EFCS IV 5000

Typical Applications
Application examples include : Chillers, AHU's Pumps, Centrifugal / Axial Fans, Condensing Units, Rooftop
Packaged Units, Reciprocating Compressors, DG Sets, Punch Presses, Drop Hammers, Floor Pipe Supports
(normally at first few pipe support points leading from isolated equipment).

Note : *Custom load and deflection are also available.

Compliance - Springs designed according to BS 1726 (Part 1) and recommendations made by

SAE (US) and ASHRAE

117
 Cased Spring Mount

FH

PCD

100
Defleciton
Product Code Color Code Rated Load (kg.)
(mm)
EFCS 060 Blue 60 25
EFCS 100 Green 100 25
112 68
EFCS 160 Orange 160 25
EFCS 200 Red 200 25
162
EFCS 250 Purple 250 25 135

EFCS 300 Grey 300 25 129

EFCS 400 Orange 400 25

EFCS 500 Brown 500 25
EFCS 600 Black 600 25
132 90
EFCS 800 Red 800 25
EFCS 1050 White 1050 25 201

EFCS 1250 Green 1250 25 170

EFCS II 600 Grey 600 25

215
EFCS II 800 Orange 800 25
EFCS II 1000 Brown 1000 25
88
EFCS II 1200 Black 1200 25
142
EFCS II 1600 Red 1600 25 285
EFCS II 2100 White 2100 25 252
EFCS II 2500 Green 2500 25

EFCS IV 1200 Grey 1200 25 228

EFCS IV 1600 Orange 1600 25
EFCS IV 2000 Brown 2000 25
168
EFCS IV 2400 Black 2400 25
146
EFCS IV 3200 Red 3200 25
EFCS IV 4200 White 4200 25 325
291
EFCS IV 5000 Green 5000 25

Compliance - Springs designed according to BS 1726 (Part 1) and recommendations made by

SAE (US) and ASHRAE

118
 Easyflex Restraint Model
EFTR
Description

Easyflex Model EFTR Thrust Restraints are used to counteract the discharge force created by fans during operation.
EFTR Thrust Restraints are used in pairs and best utilized when located on the centerline of the discharge outlet of
the fan, bridging the flexible duct connector.
Easyflex Model EFTR Thrust Restraints consist of high deflection, large diameter, laterally stable steel coil springs
assembled into a threaded rod and bracket assembly. The coil spring have a lateral spring stiff-ness greater than
1.0 times the rated vertical stiffness to assure coil minimum of 50% overload deflection capability to solid. The coil
springs are epoxy powder coated for corrosion protection. EFTR Thrust Restraints feature molded neoprene end
load plate assemblies. EFTR Thrust Restraints include threaded adjustment rod with hardware, fan and ductwork
mounting bracket angles, bracket back-up plates, and all attachment hardware.

Flexible Connector

Ductwork
Fan Discharge
Air Flow

Applications

ASHRAE recommends that thrust restraints such as Easyflex Model EFTR incorporate the same coil spring
deflection as the support isolators. EFTR Thrust Restraints are to be used for all fan heads, suspended fans, and all
base-mounted and suspended air-handling equipment operating at 2 inches or greater total static pressure (TSP).
EFTR Thrust Restraints are always installed in pairs and often work in conjunction with inertia bases for floor-
mountaed fans to counteract fan thrust.
Total fan thrust can be calculated using the following formula :

Thrust (Ibs.) = 0.036 x {TSP (PSI.)} x {Fan Discharge Outlet Area (sq. in.)}

To select the correct EFTR Thrust Restraint to be used, this total calculated thrust is to be divided by two (2) and then
rounded up to the next highest standard coil spring capacity.
Easyflex EFTR Thrust Restraints are best utilized when located on the centerline of the discharge outlet of the fan.
Fan instability can occur when attempts are made to control fan thrust only at the (floor-mounted) isolator
location. The attachment of the EFTR brackets must be made at structurally sound locations and cannot be
attached to bare unreinforced sheet metal ductwork.
The EFTR coil spring is to be preloaded to allow for approximately 0.25" (6 mm) of additional deflection due to fan
motion upon start-up. EFTR Thrust Restraint movement adjustment must be made under normal fan operational
static pressures.

Compliance - Springs designed according to BS 1726 (Part 1) and recommendations made by

SAE (US) and ASHRAE

119
 Easyflex Restraint Model
EFTR
Specification

Thrust Restraints shall consist of high deflection, large diameter, laterally stable steel coil springs assembled
into a threaded rod and angle bracket assembly. Coil springs shall have a lateral spring stiffness greater
than 1.0 times the rated vertical stiffness to assure coil stability. Coil springs shall provide a minimum of 50%
overload deflection capability to solid capacity. Coil springs shall be epoxy powder coated. Thrust Restraints
shall feature molded neoprene end load plate assemblies. Thrust Restraints shall include threaded
adjustment rod with zinc-plated hardware, and shall include primer painted fan and ductwork mounting
bracket angles, bracket back-up plated, and complete fan / ductwork attachment hardware.
Thrust Restraints shall be Model EFTR as manufactured by Kanwal Industrial Corporation.

12mm
Bolt Dia
B

C H
DX
450 mm
F Long
A

Isolator Spring Rated Rated Spring Coil Free

Type Color Capacity Capacity O.D. Height A B C D E F G H
kg. lbs. mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
EFTR 30 Yellow 30 66 50 70 100 75 30 12 50 15 6 125
EFTR 60 Blue 60 132 50 70 100 75 30 12 50 15 6 125
EFTR 100 Green 100 220 50 70 100 75 30 12 50 15 6 125
EFTR 160 Orange 160 352 50 70 100 75 30 12 50 15 6 125
EFTR 200 Red 200 440 50 70 100 75 30 12 50 15 6 125
EFTR 250 Purple 250 551 50 70 100 75 30 12 50 15 6 125

EFTR 300 Green 300 661 63 92 125 75 50 16 62 13 6 125

EFTR 400 Orange 400 881 63 92 125 75 50 16 62 13 6 125
EFTR 500 Brown 500 1102 63 92 125 75 50 16 62 13 6 125
EFTR 600 Black 600 1322 63 92 125 75 50 16 62 13 6 125
EFTR 800 Red 800 1763 63 92 125 75 50 16 62 13 8 125
EFTR1050 White 1050 2314 63 92 125 75 50 16 62 13 8 125
EFTR1250 Green 1250 2755 63 92 125 75 50 16 62 13 8 125

120
 Inertia Base
Introduction
Inertia bases and vibration mountings are designed to reduce the
transmission of noise and vibration from equipment to building
structures and associated pipework. When installed with rubber bellows
or stainless steel hose & pump connectors they provide an ideal vibration
and noise isolation solution. Inertia bases are designed to support
reciprocating equipment such as pumps, chillers, generators and air
handling equipment. The inertia base is manufactured from a fully
welded carbon steel zinc frame fitted with vibration mounts. The inertia
base are specifically designed and engineered to receive poured
concrete which can be supplied empty, pre-filled with concrete or pre-
filled with Pumps fitted. It is by adding this mass and by lowering
equipment centre of gravity it is installed under that enables the inertia
base to provide a stable support. This is particularly important for equipment which exhibits high out-of-
balance forces and are top-heavy such as pumps. The concrete base enables a reduction in motion from pump
start up and minimises the effect of unequal load distribution. Inertia bases are not only manufactured to suit
the equipment for which it's designed to support but can also be sized to suit site conditions. This is particularly
advantageous in tight restrictive areas such as building services plant rooms. All Bases are supplied with Anti-
Vibration Mounts designed to support the combined load of Pump, Concrete Base and Water and retain a 50%
overcapacity. When installing rubber bellows to a pump that is supported by inertia base the rubber bellows
should be supplied with tie bars. Tied units are designed to stop the bellows from elongating and prevent the
pressure thrust being transmitted on to the pumps and associated pipework. Easyflex rubber flexible
connectors are supplied with threaded tie rods whose primary function is to maintain the supplied length of the
rubber bellows under pressure while permitting only lateral deflection.

Easyflex Inertia Base come in several standard sizes as listed in our catalogue. However, these bases can also
manufactured to any size and specifications, even for heavier and more complex vibration isolation problems,
where viscous damping may also be required. For frame lengths greater than 2400 mm we would normally
recommend 6 isolators or more for exceptionally large bases.

Examples of equipment requiring Inertia Base are as follows:

Reciprocating Compressors
Diesel Generating Sets
Engine / Dynamometer Test Rigs
Refrigeration Plants
Pumps (Particularly Belt Driven Types)

Features
Fully welded steel construction with integral concrete reinforcement fixed at 40 mm above bottom of frame.
Recessed height reducing corner brackets designed to accept standard Easyflex type EFOS open spring
mountings or EFESI Mounts.
Range of standard size frames available in three thicknesses 150, 200, 300 & 350 mm. Frame thickness not
less than L/12 where "L" is the longest side of the frame as per ASHRAE.
Finished with a single coat of red oxide primer on external surface only.
Fabricated using formed steel channel (EFIB). Optionally available in structural steel channel construction.
Available for any equipment dimension. Rectangular shape supplied as standard. T-shape offered where it is
required to support elbows of horizontal split casing pumps on the base itself.
Reinforced with 12mm OD welded-in steel rebar each way, at approximately 150mm spacing.
Provided with height saving isolator fixing brackets. External brackets are supplied as standard. Recessed
brackets are offered in case of space constraints.
Supplied together with Easyflex isolator, Selection of mount type/models forms part of the EFIB design process,
to provide a complete vibration isolation solution. Frames are compatible with Open, Cased and Restrained
mounts.

121
 Technical Specification
Ordering Information Required

A Equipment Model / Make

HP / RPM of Motor
Static Weight of equipment
B
Operating / Dynamic weight of equipment
Outside Dimensions L x B x H
Concrete Plinth Y/N
Height / Space Constraint if any
Required Deflection of Spring (25mm / 50mm)
Location - Ground | Roof | Basement

Standard Base Sizes &

Mounting Selection
FRAME SIZE 150mm THICK 200mm THICK 300mm THICK
A X B (mm) WT(Kg) MOUNT WT(Kg) MOUNT WT(Kg) MOUNT
PART NO. PART NO. PART NO.
EFOS25/60
600 x 600 147
Green
EFOS25/100
Notes 600 x 750 180
Blue
EFOS25/100
Frame weights include concrete density at 2400 600 x 900 211
Blue
Kg/m3 and mounting selections are based on 4 600 x 1200 277
EFOS25/160
White
mountings per base allowing 50% additional weight EFOS25/160
600 x 1500 341
for the equipment to be supported. Nominal 25 mm White
EFOS25/100 EFOS25/160
deflection type EFOS (Open Spring Isolators) have 750 x 750 219
Blue
288
White
been listed, however the exact deflection will vary 750 x 900 259
EFOS25/100
Blue
342
EFOS25/160
White
depending on the applied load. 750 x 1200 339
EFOS25/160
448
EFOS25/250
White Red
When ordering. bases should be specified as follows: 750 x 1500 420
EFOS25/160
554
EFOS25/250
White Red
EFIB 150 - 600 x 900 Other Size. Type and Thickness EFOS25/250 EFOS25/300
750 x 1800 500 660
required and plan dimensions commencing with Red Purple
EFOS25/160 EFOS25/160 EFOS25/300
smallest length. Mountings should also be listed e.g. 900 x 900 307
White
404
White
600 Purple
"EFOS25/100-BLUE" 900 x 1200 402
EFOS25/160
531
EFOS25/250
788
EFOS25/300
Purple
White Red
Important 900 x 1500 498
EFOS25/250
658
EFOS25/300
977
EFOS25/400
Red Purple Grey
The equipment should be located on the base such 900 x 1800 594
EFOS25/250
785
EFOS25/300
1166
EFOS25/500
Red Purple Orange
that the load is evenly distributed over the 4 EFOS25/400 EFOS25/500
900 x 2100 911 1353
mountings. Grey Orange
EFOS25/250 EFOS25/250 EFOS25/300
1050 x 1050 465 542 804
Equipment and ancillary parts should not overhang Red Red Purple
EFOS25/250 EFOS25/300 EFOS25/500
frame and hold down bolts must not be at a distance 1500 x 1500 575
Red
761 Purple 1121 Orange
less than 100 mm from the outer edge of the base. 1050 x 1800 687
EFOS25/300
Purple
908
EFOS25/400
Grey 1350
EFOS25/500
Orange
All the connections to the equipment should 1050 x 2100
EFOS25/400
1055 Grey 1570
EFOS25/600
Brown
incorporate flexible sections and pipework etc. must 1050 x 2400 1201
EFOS25/500
1788
EFOS25/800
Orange Green
be independently supported. EFOS25/300 EFOS25/40
1200 x 1200 699 Purple
1038
Grey
Concrete Plinth if any, should be at least 200mm EFOS25/400 EFOS25/50
1200 x 1500 865 1286
more than the size of base in all directions. In case of Grey Orange
EFOS25/400 EFOS25/60
installation of snubbers it should be increased to 1200 x 1800 1032 Grey 1536
Brown
300mm. 1200 x 2100 1199
EFOS25/500
1785
EFOS25/80
Orange Green
EFOS25/600 EFOS25/80
1200 x 2400 1369 2038
Compliance - Easyflex Inertia Bases are designed Brown Green
EFOS25/600
1400 x 1400 1397
according to ASHRAE guidelines. Brown
EFOS25/800
1400 x 1800 1783
Green
EFOS25/800
1400 x 2100 12074
Green

Due to policy of continual improvement, the specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
Measurements are subject to 5% tolerance.
To achieve good results do not over load fitting more than designed parameters as per drawing / catalogue.

122
 Neoprene
JACK-UP Mount
Design Features
Vibration Isolation
Sound Isolation
Impact Isolation

Neoprene JACK-UP System

We believe that the most fool-proof and safest way to establish the air gap is the
jack-up or lift-slab method. Plastic sheeting is placed on the sub-floor as a
breaker layer, isolators are placed on the plastic sheeting, reinforcing steel or
mesh rests on the isolator housings, and the concrete floor is poured. After the
concrete has cured, the slab is lifted to elevation by turning adjustment screw
cavity above each isolator to any specified air gap between 1" and 4".

The following table is a general guide to floor

thicknesses and air gaps. All specifications may be
modified to your requirements.

TYPICAL FLOOR CONFIGURATIONS

Floor Overall
Air Gap
Thickness Height
3" - Minimum
4" - Most Common
Most
5" - Seldom
Common
6" - Common
1" or 2" Air Gap Plus
Thicker Floors or
Floor Thickness
Fractional Dimensions
Occasionally
As Required. We
3" or 4"
have Designed Floating
Floors 12" Thick.

Load Range A B Min C Max C

Model (in) (in) (in) (in)
(lbs)
EFJM A 500 to 1700 4 5/8 5 1/2 3 As Reqd
EFJM B 2800 to 3500 6 3/8 6 1/4 3 As Reqd

Lowest Dynamic Frequency

7.5 Hertz @ 0.3" Deflection. (60 Duro)

Neoprene Jack-Up Mount

MOUNT
PRIOR TO
POURING

C
C A
B
1"
MOUNT IN
RAISED
POSITION

123
 Neoprene
JACK-UP Mount
PLACEMENT OF ISOLATION MATERIALS

JACK-UP MOUNT

POLYETHYLENE REINFORCING STEEL FLOATING FLOOR

SHEETING CONSTRUCTION
ISOLATION SEQUENCE
BOARD

STRUCTURAL
FLOOR

POURING OF CONCRETE

POURED
CONCRETE ISOLATOR
RUBBER PLUGS

JACK-UP FLOATING FLOOR

CAULKED PERIMETER
ISOLATION BOARD
EQUIPMENT
HOUSEKEEPING PAD
GROUT TOPS (Secondary Pour)
OF ISOLATORS

SPECIFIED
AIR GAP

124
 Neoprene
JACK-UP Mount
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 Description
A. Scope of Work
1. Isolate floating floors form building structure by means of jack-up neoprene isolators and perimeter
isolation board in each of the mechanical equipment rooms as shown on the drawings.
B. Substitution of Materials
1. Substitute materials shall meet or exceed the “quality” of the products which are listed in these
Specifications. Submit samples and test reports by an independent laboratory for consideration on
this project.
1.02 Design
A. Intent
1. The floating floor system shall consist of a 4”(100mm) to 12”(300mm) as the case may be thick
concrete slab isolated form and supported 2” (50mm) above the waterproofed structural slab by
resilient neoprene isolators within cast iron housing designed to jack up the floor after pouring on the
sub-floor.
2. The floating floor slab shall be isolated from adjoining walls, columns and curbs by means of
perimeter isolation board.
3. Any floor drains, piping, conduit and duct penetration must not short circuit the isolation system.
4. Any equipment within these rooms shall be mounted on house-keeping pads or directly on the
floating floor as drawings.
5. In seismic zones the floating floor shall be restrained horizontally by curbs or walls designed to
withstand the horizontal seismic forces. Solid bridge bearing neoprene pads shall be interspersed
between perimeter isolation fiberglass to withstand the seismic forces with a maximum deflection of
0.2”(5mm).
6. In seismic zones 2,3 and 4 or equivalent Av, the floor shall be protected by embedded double acting
resilient floor snubbers set in opposition to the overturning moments at the equipment snubbers in all
locations where the center of gravity of major equipments is high.
B. Floor System Construction Procedure
1. The setting of all isolation materials and raising of the floor shall be performed by or under the
supervision of the isolation manufacturer.
2.. Set and waterproof any drains and lower pipe with waterproof specifications.
3. Cement perimeter isolation board around all walls, columns, curbs, etc.
3a. In seismic zones intersperse the perimeter isolation board with bridge bearing quality neoprene pads
the thickness of the isolation board.
4. Cover entire floor area with 6 mil (0.15mm) plastic sheeting and carry sheeting up perimeter
isolation board.
5. Place bell-shaped castings on a maximum of 54”(1370mm), ideally 24”(600mm) centers in the
general areas in strict accordance with the approved drawings prepared by the isolation
manufacturer. Spacing can be increased to straddle machinery locations. Additional reinforcement
must be detailed on isolation manufacturer's drawings when required.

125
 Neoprene
JACK-UP Mount
If sound barrier walls are used, add the following:
Perimeter isolators shall be selected to support the wall weight in addition to the perimeter of the
floating floor.
5a. In seismic zones attach double acting resilient seismic snubbers to the structural slab on either side of
high center of gravity equipment not withstand the overturning moment generated by the machinery
snubbers and prevent failure of the floating floor.
6. Place reinforcing as shown on the drawing and pour concrete floor monolithically.
7. Raise floor 2”(50mm) by means of the jack-screws. (If construction sequence dictates raising the floor
before placing machinery, heavy planking must be used to protect floor while machinery is being
rolled into position).
8. Caulk perimeter isolation board in all locations and grout jack-screw holes.
If sound barrier walls are used, add the following:
9. Construct block walls on the floating floor beaing careful that mortar does not drop behind the walls.
Place 2”(50mm) fiberglass bats against the structural wall as a precaution. Provide sway braces and
isolated angle iron wall braces at the top of the walls Caulk angle iron braces.
10. In seismic zones adjust the double acting snubbers after machinery is in place to provide a maximum
up and down clearance of 0,125”(3mm).
1.03 Quality Assurance
A. Floating floor system components shall be designed and fabricated by a manufacturer with at least
five years experience in 20 similar installations.
B. The floating floor isolation materials shall be installed and the floor raised by or under the
supervision of the isolator manufacturer.
1.05 Site Conditions
A. If site conditions are unsatisfactory or raise questions about the installation of the floating floor, the
work will not proceed until the condition has been corrected in a manner acceptable to the isolation
manufacturer. The sub-floor must have the same pitch as the top of the floating floor or special
provisions made for isolator housings of different height.
1.06 Sequencing and Scheduling

Coordinate work with other trades and coordinate scheduling with the construction supervisor to minimize
delays.

126
 Spring JACK-UP Mount
Spring JACK-UP System
We believe that the most fool-proof and safest way to establish the air
gap is the jack-up or lift-slab method. Plastic sheeting is placed on the
sub-floor as a breaker layer, isolators are placed on the plastic sheeting,
reinforcing steel or mesh rests on the isolator housings, and the
concrete floor is poured. After the concrete has cured, the slab is lifted to
elevation by turning adjustment screw cavity above each isolator to any
specified air gap between 1" and 4".

For Floor Thickness of 100 mm For Floor Thickness of 150 mm

RATED RATED
COLOUR DEFLECTION COLOUR DEFLECTION
Model LOAD Model LOAD
CODE (KG) AT RATED CODE (KG) AT RATED

EFSJM25/200-100 Red 200 25 EFSJM25/200-150 Red 200 25

EFSJM25/300-100 Purple 300 25 EFSJM25/300-150 Purple 300 25
EFSJM25/400-100 Grey 400 25 EFSJM25/400-150 Grey 400 25
EFSJM25/500-100 Orange 500 25 EFSJM25/500-150 Orange 500 25
EFSJM25/600-100 Brown 600 25 EFSJM25/600-150 Brown 600 25
EFSJM25/700-100 Orange 700 25 EFSJM25/700-150 Orange 700 25
EFSJM25/800-100 Black 800 25 EFSJM25/800-150 Black 800 25
EFSJM25/1050-100 Blue 1050 26 EFSJM25/1050-150 Blue 1050 26
EFSJM25/1250-100 White 1250 26 EFSJM25/1250-150 White 1250 26
EFSJM50/100-100 Yellow 100 50 EFSJM50/100-150 Yellow 100 50
EFSJM50/200-100 Green 200 50 EFSJM50/200-150 Green 200 50
EFSJM50/300-100 Blue 300 50 EFSJM50/300-150 Blue 300 50
EFSJM50/400-100 White 400 50 EFSJM50/400-150 White 400 50
EFSJM50/500-100 Black 500 50 EFSJM50/500-150 Black 500 50
EFSJM50/760-100 Black/Grey 760 51 EFSJM50/760-150 Black/Grey 760 51
EFSJM50/1000-100 Black/Orange 1000 50 EFSJM50/1000-150 Black/Orange 1000 50
EFSJM50/1300-100 Black/Brown 1300 53 EFSJM50/1300-150 Black/Brown 1300 53

A
Blind Spanner
Rebar Centers
Wrench Holes

B
Side Wall

Floating
Floor

E
Floating Floor
D
Sub-Floor

Rebar
C

Perimeter isolation
Board
Plastic
Sheet
Jack-UP
A B C D E Mount
Floor Thk. (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Sub-Floor

100 Thick 140 124 25 to 100 100 C+100

150 Thick 140 124 25 to 100 150 C+150

127
 Spring JACK-UP Mount
Materials
1. Minimum 6 mil thick polyethylene plastic sheeting.
2. Easyflex EFSJM mount, quantity as required.
3. Perimeter Isolation board - 3/4” or 20mm thick, 10 lb. density
fiberglass or 1/2” or 12mm thick neoprene sponge rubber. Step 1-4 Perimeter Isolation
4. “Pour grade” Caulking Compound-non drying/hardening if required. Board

5. Floating floor drains is required.

6. Floor penetration seals if required.
Procedure
1. Structural floor must be level, clean and free of all debris.
2. Build perimeter from as required.
3. Perimeter isolation board cements to walls, concrete forms and Structural Floor

around building columns as needed. Isolation board acts as an

Snap chalk lines
isolation and sliding joint to stationary construction. per drawing to
locate mount
4. Referring to submittal drawing, snap chalk lines to locate EFSJM
mounts and spray paint intersections. (Step 1-4)
5. Lay polyethylene sheeting over entire sub floor and over perimeter Step 5-8 Polyethylene plastic
boards. Overlap seams a minimum of 24”. Sheeting acts as a bond sheeting

breaker between the sub floor and concrete pour of floating floor.
6. Place housings without spring elements installed as shown on
submittals. Make sure that threaded cover plate is flush with top of
housing and spring neoprene cup is flush with base of housing. Note:
Neoprene cup acts as a water seal during concrete pour. (Step 5-8)
7. Install concrete reinforcing in accordance with approved structural
Structural Floor Rebar
drawings. Make sure that first two bars or sides of mat are placed in
chairs at either side of housing. jack -up ASFF

8. Pour concrete monolithically to the required floor thickness and screed

to the top of the isolator housing. Vibrate concrete to eliminate air
around housings and reinforcing. Step 9-10 Perimeter Isolation
9. Concrete should cure about about 90% before raising. Recommended Board (eliminating
wall to floor contact)
concrete strength, 4000 psi stone aggregate.
10. Remove cover plates and place next to each housing. Remove inner
compression casting. referring to shop drawings. install color coded
spring at proper locations fitting them into neoprene cup. Reinstall
compression casting until it touches the top of the spring. (Step 9-10)
11. Starting at one corner of the floor, insert “T” bar wrench into the Floating Floor
compression casting and make two full clockwise turns. Repeat this Structural Floor

procedure at each isolator location. New Floating

12. Repeat step 11 until the floor is raised to the desired height. Once the Floor (unjacked)

spring is loaded to capacity, additional turns of the adjustment bolt

increases the air gap between the isolator and structural floor. Perimeter Isolation
Step 11-15
Note: Eight full turns of the compression casting raises the floor one Board

inch after initial spring loading:

eight turns = 1” deflection
sixteen turns = 2” deflection
twenty-four turns = 3” deflection
13. Check level across entire floor and additionally adjust mounts (raise Floating Floor
or lower) to reach desired height. Structural Floor
14. Once level, reinstall cover plates to provided finish to the isolated Floating Floor
floor. in raised
position
15. Install pour grade caulking at perimeters and around seal locations if
applicable.
16. Installation is now complete. (Step 11-15)

128
 Floating Floors with
Stud Rail System Type SRS
Design Features
STANDARD SRS CONSTRUCTION
Rigid steel channels with rubber
studded isolators.
CONCRETE
Steel decking panels keyed to concrete
for greater floor stiffness. WATERPROOF
Natural rubber isolators provide low FLEXIBLE FOAM
natural frequency (10-12 Hz) with REINFORCEMENT
minimal creep and long life. STEEL
DECKING
All steel is galvanised.
Unaffected by water, vermin or other STEEL
CHANNEL
pests.
Slab thickness from 100 to 300 mm with
STUDDED RUBBER STRUCTURAL FLOOR
imposed loads up to 20 kN/m2. ISOLATORS SLAB
Sound transmission loss is dependent
on concrete thicknesses and air space.
Typically a type SRS floating floor
provides an increase of 20-25dB
compared to a single concrete slab.
TYPICAL INSTRUCTION

Typical Applications
Plant room floors above sensitive areas.
Recording and broadcasting studios to protect
against external structure borne vibration and noise
from building services, impact noise and nearby
roads and railways.
Protection of computers and other sensitive
equipment form building vibration.
Control rooms and other quiet areas in industrial
environments.
Gymnasium's on high floors.

SECTION THROUGH TELEVISION

Special Purpose Systems STUDIO STRUCTURE
High deflection isolators and rubber mats providing INNER WALL OUTER WALL
natural frequencies down to 6Hz. Each system is AIR SPACE
individually designed and analysed to comply with PROPRIETARY
STEEL DECKING REINFORCED
the specified performance. CONCRETE
Applications include : Anechoic and reverberant WATERPROOF
acoustic test chambers and high quality television, FLEXIBLE FOAM
radio and recording studios. These structures
usually are created as complete rooms isolated from
the rest of the building.
MULTI-LAYER DWARF WALLS
ISOLATORS
129
 EasyMute Sound Isolation Clips

EasyMute Sound Isolation Clips are primarily used to interrupt the ow of
energy from one material to the next. For example, if you had two rooms with a
common wall, you would need to separate, or decouple the drywall from the
studs to stop the transmission of sound waves. EasyMute Sound Clips are used
to soundproof walls in ceilings by decoupling one side of the structure from the
other. This allows each side to vibrate independently and drastically cut down
on the sound transfer. The best decoupling methods involve using resilient
sound clips which are attached to ceiling/wall joists, Metal Furring Channels
are then snapped into the channels and the drywall is fastened to the
channels. This system is also called a "Floating Wall/Ceiling" and signicantly
lowers the ability for sound, especially low frequency sound, from transmitting
into the room where they're installed.

EasyMute Sound Isolation Clips are used to eliminate structural borne noise by breaking the connection
between the room that contains the noise source and the outside world. This is called acoustic de-coupling
or sound isolation. EasyClip uses a specially forumated rubber isolator that isolates the gypsum board or
plywood from the structure reducing noise transfer by 75 to 100%, adding 15 to 20 STC and IIC points to
existing assemblies. The clips fasten directly to the framing creating a 1 5/8” cavity between the face of the
framing and the back of the gypsum board. With an acoustical design load rating of 36 lbs per isolator, our
EasyMute can support up to two layers of 5/8” gypsum board when spaced at 24” x 48” OC. For heavier
systems, you just need to increase the number of isolators to support the additional weight of the system.

Footstep noise from above cannot be reduced by adding better

insulation, or another layer of something over your current ceiling - Wood/Steel Joist
- even Mass Loaded Vinyl or Green Glue will not work. The same is
true for very low-frequency sounds from a home theater or even
kids running in a playroom above. To soundproof your ceiling EasyMute Sound
Isolation Clips

properly we must disconnect the ceiling from the oor joist,

breaking the path for vibration travel.

Hat Channel Drywall

Features

Sound cells to absorb and

break up airborne sound
Unique column design results
in a small percentage
Specially compounded rubber of contact area with
with no metal washer eliminates building structure
he risk of the metal clip coming
into contact with a metal washer

6.5 mm diameter hole

for a variety of fasteners

Design ensures secure

Easyex's patented rubber fastening to metal clips.
formulation outperforms
standard rubber because of its
absorbtion characteristics.
 EasyMute Sound Isolation Clips

Usage
Isolation Clips are designed for use with any wood, steel or concrete application where noise control is
required, including wood-framed, steel-framed, CMU or concrete wall or ceiling systems.

The assembly of Isolation Clip decouples the gypsum board from the underlying structure
to provide enhanced acoustical performance.

What’s more, they fasten directly to the framing or structure to prevent sound and
vibrations from entering the adjacent space. This improves the STC and IIC ratings of
construction assemblies.

Features
Simple - low installation costs
Effective – up to additional 25 dB performance
Reliable - 2-part system
Strong - superior load-bearing capaci ty

Technical details
Size: 76 mm
Projection: 17mm
Construction: Natural rubber and manufactured rubber molded to isolate ferrule
from 16 gauge zinc-electroplated steel coated clip.
Intended use: For use with wall and ceiling construction assemblies to prevent sound
and vibration transmission to improve STC and IIC ratings.
Total deection: 5mm

Note : Rubber molded bush available in different polymers like neoprene, silicone please contact our
engineering department for details
 EasySound Furring Clips

EasySound Furring Clip resiliently secures common drywall furring channel Offering signicantly
higher STC values than drywall attached to resilient channel, EasySound ensures that installers will not
inadvertently screw through the “resilient” leg of the channel into the joist or stud.

The EasySound Advantage

Low cost for high performance
Flexible “snap-on” clips install quickly, no pinching channel and allows
for height adjustments during installation of channel
Error free installation of standard drywall furring channel.
Eliminates accidental short circuiting common with resilient channel
Easiest method for STC 55+ stud wall assemblies
Can accommodate furring channel widths from 2.38" - 2.75"
 Installation of EasySound
Furring Clips
Step 1
Attached clips per Easyex layout guidelines for walls or ceilings.
See attached layout drawing.

Step 1
Secure clips with a single fastener on one end only.
Wood - Use #8 x 2-1/2” coarse thread screws.
Steel - Use #8, 10, or 12 x 1-5/8” self-tapping Type S screws.
Concrete or Masonry- Use #3/16” dia x 2-1/4” Tapcon or equal anchor

Optional
Altemate method for Step 2. Snap clips
onto furring channel. Hand slide clips to
proper location on the furring channel.
Fasten both ends of the clip to secure the
channel.

Step 3
Grip unsecured rubber end, snap in channel. Secure with second screw/anchor.

Furring Channel Dimensions

Furring Channel Requirements

Minimum 25 ga with hemmed edge.
Standard - 7/8” deep channel
Optional - 1-1/2” deep channel for additional furring space.

Splices furring channel with a 6-in overlap and secure overlapped

pieces with wire or screws per standard industry practice.
 Floor Joist Isolators

FEATURES & BENEFITS

• Good Soundproong Performance – Floor Joist Isolators are

attached oor joists to structurally isolate oor surfaces, including
substrates, from the structural support elements. They are a cost
effective product that reduces sound transmission through oor or
ceiling assemblies.

• Quality - Floor Joist Isolators are made with a medium density

thermoplastic that is com-monly used as vibration isolation feet or
vibration damping pads for large industrial machinery. The raw
material is a time tested vibration isolating material.

• Ease of Installation – Floor Joist Isolators are friction t over any wood
with a 2 inch width (actual width equals 1.5”). No messy glues or
adhesives are needed to install is product. No tools required!

GENERAL INFORMATION

Floor Joist Isolators are perfect for applications that use the “Box in a Box” or “Room in a Room”
construction methods, commonly seen when building a professional home theater or recording studio
environments. Floor Joist Isolators are a U-shaped isolation product used to create a oating oor system.
Floating oors are a key component in constructing high-performance home theaters and residential and
professional-grade studio environments. This product will reduce noise from airborne sources, such as
voices, TV’s and stereo equipment. Floor Joist Isolators will also reduce noise from structural borne sources,
such as footfall and oor mounted monitors. Ultimately, Floor Joist Isolators will improve a ooring
assembly’s Sound Transmission Class (STC) and improve a ooring assembly’s Impact Insulation Class
(IIC). Although this product will reduce all frequency sound transmission, Floor Joist Isolators decouple
ooring from structural supports which provide a reduction of hard to control low frequency sound
transmission. Our Floor Joist Isolators are made from medium density thermoplastic originally designed to
isolate vibration and structural noise transmission created by large industrial machinery. The Stud Beam
Isolators are sized to t any 2X lumber product, are very easy to install and is best used for new construction
when oor joists are exposed.

APPLICATIONS
• Professional and Home Theaters
• Professional and Home Recording Studios
• Band Practice Rooms
• Broadcast Studios Any environment that uses “Room in a Room” or Box in a Box” construction method

COVERAGE
Floor Joist Isolators are placed on exposed oor joists every 16 inches on center. One case of 50 pieces will
cover approximately 64 square feet and a case of 100 will cover approximately 138 square feet.

PRODUCT AVAILABILITY
• case of 50 pieces (covers approximatly 64 sqft)
• case of 100 pieces (covers approximatly 138 sqft)
 EasyLock Suspension System

Specics Installation Steps

The range consists of a range of wire reels and clips
with a choice of Safe Working Loads:

E 10kg SWL
A 50kg SWL Insert
cable into
S 90kg SWL EasyLock
Y 325kg SWL
L 500kg SWL

Applications
Suitable for wrap around application including:
Pass cable
Beams though or
Purlins around anchor
Roof Trusses point
And all other existing features

Technical Information
Key free release system
Simple to use
Suspension can be inverted Insert cable
back into
High tensile galvanised wire 1960N/mm2 grade 7x7 construction
EasyLock
BSEN 12385 standard

Installation Examples

130
 EasyLock Suspension System

ELS-E ELS-A ELS-S ELS-Y ELS-L

Product Pack
Description SWL
Code Qty.
ELS-E-1L 1 Mtr standard loop suspension system 10kg 10
ELS-E-2L 2 Mtr standard loop suspension system 10kg 10
ELS-E-3L 3 Mtr standard loop suspension system 10kg 10
ELS-E-4L 4 Mtr standard loop suspension system 10kg 10
ELS-E-5L 5 Mtr standard loop suspension system 10kg 10
ELS-E-10L 10 Mtr standard loopsuspension system 10kg 10
ELS-A-1L 1 Mtr standard loop suspension system 45kg 10
ELS-A-2L 2 Mtr standard loop suspension system 45kg 10
ELS-A-3L 3 Mtr standard loop suspension system 45kg 10
ELS-A-4L 4 Mtr standard loop suspension system 45kg 10
ELS-A-5L 5 Mtr standard loop suspension system 45kg 10
ELS-A-10L 10 Mtr standard loop suspension system 45kg 10
ELS-S-1L 1 Mtr standard loop suspension system 90kg 10
ELS-S-2L 2 Mtr standard loop suspension system 90kg 10
ELS-S-3L 3 Mtr standard loop suspension system 90kg 10
ELS-S-4L 4 Mtr standard loop suspension system 90kg 10
ELS-S-5L 5 Mtr standard loop suspension system 90kg 10
ELS-S-10L 10 Mtr standard loop suspension system 90kg 5
ELS-Y-1L 1 Mtr standard loop suspension system 325kg 10
ELS-Y-2L 2 Mtr standard loop suspension system 325kg 10
ELS-Y-3L 3 Mtr standard loop suspension system 325kg 10
ELS-Y-4L 4 Mtr standard loop suspension system 325kg 10
ELS-Y-5L 5 Mtr standard loop suspension system 325kg 10
ELS-Y-10L 10 Mtr standard loop suspension system 325kg 5
ELS-L-1L 1 Mtr standard loop suspension system 500kg 5
ELS-L-2L 2 Mtr standard loop suspension system 500kg 5
ELS-L-3L 3 Mtr standard loop suspension system 500kg 5
ELS-L-4L 4 Mtr standard loop suspension system 500kg 5
ELS-L-5L 5 Mtr standard loop suspension system 500kg 5
ELS-L-10L 10 Mtr standard loop suspension system 500kg 5

131
 Plain Split Clamps
Split-ring type pipe clamps with integral fixing nuts. Suitable for ceiling suspension or vertical wall mounting
of piping. Designed with a number of features to enhance product performance and reliability.

Features
Both halves of the clamp are ribbed, for greater strength.
Long thread engagement - All Easyflex EFPSC series split clamps are designed with extended M10
thread lengths on the lips of the upper half. This ensures safer installation than clamps offered
by others, that have barely one thread engagement also prevents loosening of the clamp’s M8

grip over a period of time due the minor vibration that is generally present in piping systems and
causes thread wear. Dual Thread Nut

Twin-thread Nuts - Clamps for pipe ODs 70mm to 123mm have M8+M10 twin-thread suspension
nuts (as shown), for flexibility.
Side bolts have a slotted-cross head for convenience.
Custom designed stainless steel (SS 304 / 316) split clamps are available on request.
Material : Steel
Finish : Electro galvanized post manufacture.
Other Options : Epoxy Powder Coated nish (Sufx ‘PC’)
Hot Dip Galvanised nish (Sufx ‘HDG’)
Compliance - EG to ASTM B633 SC3
BS 1706 FE/ZN 12 A

Safe Working
Size Dia Range Dimension (mm) Thick. Break Load Load
Model No. (inches) (mm) (mm) (mm) Kgs Kgs
A
EFPSC018 3/8" 15 15-19 59 2 600 200
EFPSC022 1/2" 22 20-25 66 2 600 200
EFPSC028 3/4" 28 26-30 72 2 600 200
EFPSC035 1" 35 32-36 79 2 600 200
EFPSC040 1 1/4" 42 38-43 86 2 600 200
EFPSC048 1 1/2" 48 47-51 92 2 600 200
EFPSC054 54 53-58 98 2 600 200
EFPSC060 2" 60 60-64 104 2 600 200
EFPSC063 63 63-66 108 2 600 200
EFPSC070 70 68-72 114 2 600 200
EFPSC075 2 1/2" 75 74-80 119 2 600 200
EFPSC083 83 81-86 127 2 600 200
EFPSC090 3" 90 87-92 134 2 600 200
EFPSC100 3 1/2" 100 99-105 144 2 600 200
EFPSC110 110 107-112 164 2 600 200
EFPSC115 4" 115 113-118 159 2 600 200
EFPSC125 125 125-130 169 2 600 200
EFPSC133 133 131-137 177 2 600 200
EFPSC140 5" 140 138-142 184 2 900 300
EFPSC150 150 148-153 194 2 900 300
EFPSC160 160 159-166 204 2 900 300
EFPSC168 6" 168 168-172 212 2 900 300
EFPSC200 8" 200 200-212 244 2 900 300

133
 Plain Split Clamps
Ordering
For insulated pipe, please select model based on effective OD or State pipe size and insulation thickness
in the order.
Where Easyflex Rubber Support Inserts (RSI) are used, specifying ‘matching EFSSC Clamps’ will suffice.
In the case of plain pipe, for any type of piping other than steel, please select EFPSC model based on the
actual outer pipe diameter. Selecting on the basic of nominal sizes for these pipes can result in errors on
account of the large number of schedules prevalent.

Steel (Sch 40)

Model No. UPVC / PE ABS
Inches mm
EFPSCC018 16
EFPSCC022 1/2" 22 20 DN15 (21.4)
EFPSCC028 3/4" 28 25 DN20 (26.8)
EFPSCC035 1" 35 32, 38 DN25 (33.6)
EFPSCC040 1 1/4" 42 40, 43 DN32 (42.3)
EFPSCC048 1 1/2" 48 45 DN40 (48.3)
EFPSCC054 54
EFPSCC060 2" 60 60 DN50 (60.4)
EFPSCC063
EFPSCC070 70
EFPSCC075 2 1/2" 75 75 DN65 (75.4)
EFPSCC083 83
EFPSCC090 3" 90 90
EFPSCC100 102 DN80 (88.9)
EFPSCC110 110
EFPSCC115 4" 115 115 DN100 (114.3)
EFPSCC125 125
EFPSCC133 135
EFPSCC140 5" 140 140 DN125 (140.2)
EFPSCC150 152
EFPSCC160 160
EFPSCC168 6" 168 DN150 (168.3)
EFPSCC200 200
EFPSCC220 8" 219 220, 225 DN200 (225.0)
EFPSCC250 250 DN225 (250.4)
EFPSCC315 DN300 (315.5)

Due to policy of continual improvement, the specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
Measurements are subject to 5% tolerance.
To achieve good sound suppression do not over load fitting.

134
 Rubber Lined Split Clamps
EPDM lined split-ring type pipe clamps with integral fixing nuts. Suitable for celling suspension or vertical wall
mounting of piping. Designed with a number of features which enhance product performance and reliability.

Features
EPDM Lining - Easyflex clamps have high grade EPDM lining, which is significantly superior in terms
of product life compared to commercial grade rubber as provided by some others.
Both halves of the clamp are ribbed, for greater strength.
Long thread engagement - All Easyflex EFRLC series split clamps are designed with extended M10

thread lengths on the lips of the upper half. This ensures safer installation than clamps offered
by others, that have barely one thread engagement also prevents loosening of the clamp’s M8

grip over a period of time due the minor vibration that is generally present in piping systems and
causes thread wear. Dual Thread Nut

Twin-thread Nuts - Clamps for pipe ODs 65mm to 116mm have M8+M10 twin-thread suspension
nuts (as shown), for flexibility.
Side bolts have a slotted-cross head for convenience.
Custom designed stainless steel (SS 304 / 316) split clamps are available on request.
Material : Steel, EPDM
Finish : Electro galvanized post manufacture.
Other Options : Epoxy Powder Coated nish (Sufx ‘PC’)
Hot Dip Galvanised nish (Sufx ‘HDG’)
Compliance - EG to ASTM B633 SC3
BS 1706 FE/ZN 12 A

Safe Working
Size Dia Range Dimension (mm) Thick. Break Load Load
Model No.
(inches) (mm) (mm) A (mm) Kgs Kgs
EFRLC018 3/8" 15 15-19 60 1.2 450 150
EFRLC022 1/2" 22 20-25 65 1.5 450 150
EFRLC028 3/4" 28 26-30 70 1.5 450 150
EFRLC035 1" 35 32-36 85 1.5 450 150
EFRLC040 1 1/4" 42 38-43 92 1.5 450 150
EFRLC048 1 1/2" 48 47-51 98 1.5 450 150
EFRLC054 54 53-58 104 1.5 450 150
EFRLC060 2" 60 60-64 110 1.5 450 150
EFRLC063 63 63-66 115 1.5 450 150
EFRLC070 70 68-72 120 1.5 450 150
EFRLC075 2 1/2" 75 74-80 125 1.5 600 200
EFRLC083 83 81-86 139 1.5 600 200
EFRLC090 3" 90 87-92 146 1.5 600 200
EFRLC100 3 1/2" 100 99-105 156 1.5 600 200
EFRLC110 110 107-112 166 2 600 200
EFRLC115 4" 115 113-118 171 2 600 200
EFRLC125 125 125-130 181 2 600 200
EFRLC133 133 131-137 184 2 600 200
EFRLC140 5" 140 138-142 196 2 600 200
EFRLC150 150 148-153 206 2 600 200
EFRLC160 160 159-166 216 2 600 200
EFRLC168 6" 168 168-172 224 2 600 200
EFRLC200 8" 200 200-212 256 2 900 300

135
 Rubber Lined Split Clamps
Ordering
For any of piping other than steel, please select EFRLC model based on the actual outer pipe diameter.
Selecting on the basic of nominal sizes for these pipes can result in errors on account of the large number
of schedules prevalent.

Copper Steel (Sch 40)

Model No. UPVC / PE ABS
(inches) Inches mm
EFRLC018 15, 18 16
EFRLC022 22 1/2" 22 20 DN15 (21.4)
EFRLC028 24, 28 3/4" 28 25 DN20 (26.8)
EFRLC035 35 1" 35 32, 38 DN25 (33.6)
EFRLC040 42 1 1/4" 42 40, 43 DN32 (42.3)
EFRLC048 1 1/2" 48 45 DN40 (48.3)
EFRLC054 54 54
EFRLC060 64 2" 60 60 DN50 (60.4)
EFRLC063
EFRLC070 67, 70 70
EFRLC075 76 2 1/2" 75 75 DN65 (75.4)
EFRLC083 80 83
EFRLC090 3" 90 90
EFRLC100 102, 105 102 DN80 (88.9)
EFRLC110 108 110
EFRLC115 4" 115 115 DN100 (114.3)
EFRLC125 125 125
EFRLC133 135
EFRLC140 5" 140 140 DN125 (140.2)
EFRLC150 152
EFRLC160 159 160
EFRLC168 167 6" 168 DN150 (168.3)
EFRLC200 206 200
EFRLC220 8" 219 220, 225 DN200 (225.0)
EFRLC250 250 DN225 (250.4)
EFRLC315 DN300 (315.5)

Due to policy of continual improvement, the specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
Measurements are subject to 5% tolerance.
To achieve good sound suppression do not over load fitting.

136
137
 Sprinkler Clamps
Application
Use for all general purpose and re protection lines.

Standard Material
Carbon Steel - Electro galvanized post manufacture

Other Options
EPDM Lined (Sufx ‘RL’)
Epoxy Powder Coated nish (Sufx ‘PC’)
Hot Dip Galvanised nish (Sufx ‘HDG’)
Stainless Steel construction (Sufx ‘SS’)
r

Ordering
Specify pipe size standard model and sufx.

Ø
Compliance - US Standards MSS-SP58 (Type 10),
MSS-SP69; EG to ASTM B633 SC3, BS1706 FE/ZN12

Pipe Threaded Safe Working

Model No. Size Connection (r) Strip Size Load
(Inch) (mm) (mm) (kgs)
EFSC022-SD 1/2" 10 1.2x19 143
EFSC028-SD 3/4" 10 1.2x19 143
EFSC035-SD 1" 10 1.2x19 143
EFSC040-SD 1 1/4" 10 1.2x19 143
EFSC048-SD 1 1/2" 10 1.2x19 143
EFSC060-SD 2" 10 1.2x19 143
EFSC075-SD 2 1/2" 10 1.5x19 304
EFSC090-SD 3" 10 1.5x19 304
EFSC115-SD 4" 10 1.5x19 304
EFSC168-SD 6" 12 2x25 571
EFSC200-SD 8" 12 2x25 714

Due to policy of continual improvement, the specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
Measurements are subject to 5% tolerance.
To achieve good sound suppression do not over load fitting.

137
 Sprinkler Clamps
Application
Use for all general purpose and re protection
lines. The knurled nut allows for hanger alignment
and adjustment after installation.
Standard Material
Carbon Steel - Electro galvanized post manufacture
Other Options
EPDM Lined (Sufx ‘RL’)
Epoxy Powder Coated nish (Sufx ‘PC’)
Hot Dip Galvanised nish (Sufx ‘HDG’)
Stainless Steel construction (Sufx ‘SS’)
Ordering
C
Specify pipe size standard model and sufx.
B
Approvals
Underwriters Laboratory Listed, FM Approved.
Complies with Manufactures Standardization A

Society. D

Underwriters Laboratories listed for the 3/4” to 8”,

Compliance - US Standards MSS-SP58 (Type 10),
MSS-SP69; EG to ASTM B633 SC3, BS1706 FE/ZN12

Size “C” “A” “B” “D” Max

Box
Model Recommended
Qty
in metric mm mm mm Load

EFSC028 E 3/4 M10 78 25 16 136 200

EFSC035 E 1 M10 86 25 16 136 200

EFSC040 E 1-1/4 M10 94 25 16 136 150

EFSC048 E 1-1/2 M10 99 25 16 136 100

EFSC060 E 2 M10 109 25 16 136 100

EFSC075 E 2-1/2 M10 141 32 22 454 60

EFSC090 E 3 M10 162 32 22 454 40

EFSC100 E 3-1/2 M10 179 32 22 454 35

EFSC115 E 4 M10 195 33 22 454 30

EFSC140 E 5 M12 226 33 19 499 25

EFSC168 E 6 M12 267 40 19 567 20

EFSC200 E 8 M12 316 41 19/25 567 40

Listed and approved in 3 /4" thru 8" only

Listed and approved in 3 /4" thru 8" only

137
 Clevis Hanger
Application
Designed for suspending stationary level adjustment lines.
Design of hanger allows for vertical adjustment.

Standard Material
Carbon Steel - Electro galvanized post manufacture
Other Options
EPDM Lined (Sufx ‘RL’)
Epoxy Powder Coated nish (Sufx ‘PC’)
Hot Dip Galvanised nish (Sufx ‘HDG’)
Stainless Steel construction (Sufx ‘SS’)

Ordering
Specify pipe size standard model and sufx.

Compliance - US Standards MSS-SP58 (Type 1),

MSS-SP69; EG to ASTM B633 SC3, BS1706 FE/ZN12

Pipe Size Safe Working Dimension (mm)

Model No. (Inches) Load Upper Lower Hole D
(kgs) Steel (width) Steel (width) Size
EFCH022-SD 1/2” 180 19 19 11 22
EFCH028-SD 3/4” 200 19 19 11 28
EFCH035-SD 1” 220 19 19 11 35
EFCH040-SD 1-1/4” 230 19 19 11 42
EFCH048-SD 1-1/2” 240 19 19 11 48
EFCH060-SD 2” 250 19 19 11 60
EFCH075-SD 2-1/2” 270 25 25 14 73
EFCH090-SD 3” 350 25 25 14 89
EFCH105-SD 3-1/2” 370 25 25 14 105
EFCH115-SD 4” 410 25 25 14 115
EFCH140-SD 5” 430 30 30 14 140
EFCH168-SD 6” 480 30 30 14 168
EFCH219-SD 8” 480 40 40 14 219
EFCH273-SD 10” 570 40 40 17 273
EFCH323-SD 12” 730 40 40 17 323

Due to policy of continual improvement, the specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
Measurements are subject to 5% tolerance.
To achieve good sound suppression do not over load fitting.

138
 Clevis Hanger
Application
Designed for suspending stationary level adjustment lines.
Design of hanger allows for vertical adjustment.

Standard Material
Carbon Steel - Electro galvanized post manufacture
Other Options
EPDM Lined (Sufx ‘RL’)
Epoxy Powder Coated nish (Sufx ‘PC’)
Hot Dip Galvanised nish (Sufx ‘HDG’)
Stainless Steel construction (Sufx ‘SS’)

Ordering
Specify pipe size standard model and sufx.

Compliance - US Standards MSS-SP58 (Type 1),

MSS-SP69; EG to ASTM B633 SC3, BS1706 FE/ZN12

Pipe Size Safe Working Dimension (mm)

Model No. (Inches) Load Upper Lower Rod Hole D
(kgs) Steel (width) Steel (width) Size
EFCH022-HD 1/2” 275 25 25 10 22
EFCH028-HD 3/4” 275 25 25 10 28
EFCH035-HD 1” 275 25 25 10 35
EFCH040-HD 1-1/4” 275 25 25 10 42
EFCH048-HD 1-1/2” 275 25 25 10 48
EFCH060-HD 2” 275 25 25 10 60
EFCH075-HD 2-1/2” 525 30 30 10 73
EFCH090-HD 3” 525 30 30 10 89
EFCH105-HD 3-1/2” 525 30 30 10 105
EFCH115-HD 4” 650 30 30 10 115
EFCH140-HD 5” 650 30 30 12 140
EFCH168-HD 6” 875 30 30 12 168
EFCH219-HD 8” 900 40 40 12 219
EFCH273-HD 10” 1600 40 40 16 273
EFCH323-HD 12” 1700 40 40 20 323

Due to policy of continual improvement, the specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
Measurements are subject to 5% tolerance.
To achieve good sound suppression do not over load fitting.

138
 U Strap Clamps
Designed for clamping plain or insulated pipe to structural channel supports such as trapeze hangers, floor
stands and wall brackets. Provided with slotted holes for convenient installation.

Features
Electro galvanised post manufacture, to protect edges from corrosion.
Full range of sizes available to be match the outer diameters of Easyflex Rubber Support Inserts (RSI)
providing a simple and effective support solution for insulated pipe.
Also available with EPDM lining.

Material : Steel
Finish : Electro galvanized post manufacture.
Other Options : EPDM Lined (Sufx ‘RL’)
Epoxy Powder Coated Fnish (Sufx ‘PC’)
Hot Dip Galvanised Finish (Sufx ‘HDG’)
Stainless Steel Construction (Sufx ‘SS’)

Ordering
For insulated pipe, please specify effective or
pipe size plus insulation thickness.
Where EPDM lining is required, please select
Where Easyflex Rubber Support Inserts (RSI) are considering that application of lining reduces
used, specifying ‘matching U-Strap Clamps’ will suffice. clamp ID by 8-12mm.
U-Strap clamps of sizes not covered in table
Selection of clamp models for common pipe sizes/
(overleaf) are available on application.
insulation thicknesses is given overleaf. For other
sizes our representatives will glad to assist in selection
of the appropriate model.
Compliance - US Standards MSS-SP58 (type 24)
MSS-SP69; EG to ASTM B633 SC3, BS 1706 FE/ZN12
X Y Z Strip Size
Model No. Size mm mm mm Bolt Size mm
EFUS022 1/2" 22 76 51 M8 25x1
EFUS028 3/4" 28 82 57 M8 25x1
EFUS035 1" 35 89 64 M8 25x1
EFUS042 1 1/4" 42 96 71 M8 25x1
EFUS048 1 1/2" 48 102 77 M8 25x1
EFUS054 54 108 83 M8 25x1
EFUS060 2" 60 114 89 M8 25x1
X
EFUS067 67 121 96 M8 25x1
EFUS075 2 1/2" 75 145 113 M8 25x1
Z
EFUS082 82 152 120 M8 25x1
Y
EFUS090 3" 90 160 128 M8 30x1.5
EFUS100 3 1/2" 100 170 138 M8 30x1.5 X Y Z Strip Size
Model No. Size Bolt Size
EFUS108 108 178 146 M8 30x1.5 mm mm mm mm
EFUS115 4" 115 185 153 M8 30x1.5 EFUS167 6" 167 237 205 M10 30x2.5
EFUS126 126 196 164 M10 30x1.5 EFUS179 179 249 217 M10 30x2.5
EFUS140 5" 140 210 178 M10 30x2.5 EFUS190 190 260 228 M10 30x2.5
EFUS148 148 218 186 M10 30x2.5 EFUS205 205 275 243 M10 30x2.5
EFUS155 155 225 193 M10 30x2.5 EFUS219 8" 219 289 257 M10 38x3

Sizes above 8” please contact our Engineering Department.

Due to policy of continual improvement, the specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
Measurements are subject to 5% tolerance.

139
 Roller Chair
Application: Support designed to facilitate axial movement of mounted piping caused br thermal expansion /
contraction or mechanical shifting. Usage of Roller Hangers is recommended for installations with long horizontal
pipe involving changes in the temperature of the fluid medium or external environment. If pipe are gripped rigidly
in such cases, forces arising from expansion / contraction can cause piping failure or structural damage.

Features
Easyflex Rollers are made from solid steel shaft, for higher load bearing capacity and smoother operation than
the hollow cast iron rollers supplied by others manufacturers.
Supplied fully galvanized as standard.

Material
Roller, Roller Pin, Chair “Steel”.

Finish
Electro galvanized post manufacture.

Other Options
Epoxy Powder Coated nish (Sufx ‘PC’)
Hot Dip Galvanised nish (Sufx ‘HDG’) A
Stainless Steel construction (Sufx ‘SS’)
Z

Compliance - US Standards MSS-SP58 (Type 44),

D B
MSS-SP69; BS 3974: Part 1 (1974)
C
EG to ASTM B633 SC3, BS1706 FE/ZN12

Dimensions (mm) Max.

Model No. Size A B C D Bracket Size Z Recom.
Load Kg
EFROC060 2" 12 35 110 12 6 x 32 40 350
EFROC075 2 1/2" 12 35 110 12 6 x 32 40 350
EFROC090 3" 12 50 145 12 6 x 32 45 350
EFROC100 3 1/2" 12 50 145 12 6 x 32 45 500
EFROC115 4" 12 50 180 16 8 x 40 50 500
EFROC140 5" 12 75 215 16 8 x 40 55 500
EFROC168 6" 19 80 250 16 10 x 50 60 500
EFROC220 8" 22 85 285 19 10 x 50 75 1200
EFROC273 10" 22 130 345 19 12 x 50 90 1200
EFROC323 12" 25 140 395 19 12 x 50 105 1500
EFROC355 14" 25 165 440 25 12 x 50 120 1500
EFROC406 16" 32 210 480 25 12 x 75 140 3500
EFROC457 18" 32 235 525 25 12 x 75 155 3500
EFROC508 20" 50 260 555 25 12 x 75 165 3500
EFROC610 24" 50 310 665 25 16 x 100 200 5500

Due to policy of continual improvement, the specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
Measurements are subject to 5% tolerance.

140
 Roller Hanger
Application: Hanger designed to facilitate axial movement of suspended piping caused by thermal expansion /
contraction or mechanical shifting. Usage of Roller Hangers is recommended for installations with long horizontal
pipe involving changes in the temperature of the fluid medium or external environment. If pipe are gripped rigidly
in such cases, forces arising from expansion / contraction can cause piping failure or structural damage.

Features
Easyflex Rollers are made from solid steel shaft, for higher load bearing capacity and smoother operation than
the hollow cast iron rollers supplied by others manufacturers.
Yoke design permits vertical level adjustment of 30-75mm (based on hanger size) after pipe installation.
Supplied fully galvanized as standard.

Material
Roller, Roller Pin, Frame “Steel”.

Finish
Electro galvanized post manufacture.

Other Options
X
Epoxy Powder Coated nish (Sufx ‘PC’)
Hot Dip Galvanised nish (Sufx ‘HDG’)
E
Stainless Steel construction (Sufx ‘SS’)
B

Compliance - US Standards MSS-SP58 (Type 43), A

MSS-SP69; EG to ASTM B633 SC3, BS1706 FE/ZN12

Z

Max.
Dimensions (mm)
Model No. Size Recom.
A B Bracket Size E X Y Z Load Kg
EFRLH035 1" 28 43 3x25 32 10 90 46 100
EFRLH042 1 1/4" 33 46 3x25 32 10 96 47 100
EFRLH048 1 1/2" 38 50 3x25 32 10 107 62 100
EFRLH060 2" 41 57 3x25 32 10 122 64 125
EFRLH075 2 1/2" 50 74 3x25 44 12 148 92 150
EFRLH090 3" 56 81 6x32 44 12 161 94 150
EFRLH100 3 1/2" 65 88 6x32 45 12 180 110 190
EFRLH115 4" 69 93 6x40 46 12 192 122 250
EFRLH140 5" 88 114 6x50 50 12 233 152 300
EFRLH168 6" 102 125 6x50 50 19 260 180 300
EFRLH220 8" 131 152 10x65 50 22 326 230 475
EFRLH273 10" 161 178 10x65 50 22 381 285 475
EFRLH323 12" 192 208 12x65 55 22 440 335 550
EFRLH355 14" 212 221 12x65 55 25 478 372 550
EFRLH406 16" 233 247 12x65 55 25 524 421 585
EFRLH457 18" 267 283 12x65 65 25 590 474 675
EFRLH508 20" 300 305 16x75 65 32 664 522 725
EFRLH610 24" 351 367 16x100 75 32 788 630 975

Due to policy of continuos improvement, the specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
Measurements are subject to 5% tolerance. 141
 U Bolt
Heavy duty U-Bolt designed to grip, guide or support plain and insulated pipes.

Features
Besides model listed in the table below, a full range of intermediate sizes is available to match the ODs of
Easyflex RSI, providing a simple and effective support solution for insulated pipe.
Easyflex U-Bolt are available with EPDM sleeve, to prevent contact between dissimilar material when used
with copper, plastic, aluminum or glass pipe. Lining has a temperature renge of -20oC to 110oC.

Material : Steel

Finish : Electro galvanized post manufacture.

Other Options : U-Bolt with EPDM Sleeve (Sufx ‘RL’)

Epoxy Powder Coated Finish (Sufx ‘PC’)
Hot Dip Galvanised Finish (Sufx ‘HDG’)
Stainless Steel Construction (Sufx ‘SS’)

x
Brass Construction (Sufx ‘BR’)

Ordering
Intermediate U-Bolt models are available, suitable z

for any insulated pipe OD. Please specify effective

pipe OD or size plus insulation thickness.
Where Easyflex Rubber Support Inserts (RSI) are
used, specifying ‘matching U-Bolt’ will suffice.
If EPDM sleeve U-Bolts are required, specify pipe
ODs to enable selection of suitable models.

Compliance - US Standards MSS-SP58 (type 24)

MSS-SP69; EG to ASTM B633 SC3, BS 1706 FE/ZN12

Threaded Dimension (mm)

Model No. Size
Connection x z
EFUB022 1/2" 1/4" 21 30
EFUB028 3/4" 1/4" 27 30
EFUB035 1" 1/4" 34 40
EFUB042 1 1/4" 1/4" 43 40
EFUB048 1 1/2" 1/4" 48 40
EFUB060 2" 1/4" 60 40
EFUB075 2 1/2" 5/16" 76 60
EFUB090 3" 5/16" 89 60
EFUB115 4" 5/16" 115 60
EFUB140 5" 3/8" 140 65
EFUB160 6" 3/8" 168 80
EFUB219 8" 3/8" 219 80

Due to policy of continual improvement, the specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
Measurements are subject to 5% tolerance.

142
 Riser Clamps
Rugged two part clamp, suitable for installation as rigid supports or guides for plain or insulated vertical pipe.
Easyflex offers special intermediate sizes to suit any insulated pipe OD.
Features
Riser clamps provided s safe and effective means of enduring lateral stability while permitting axial thermal
expansion / contraction when installed as pipe guides.
Besides that table below, we offer intermediate sizes designed to closely fit the effective pipe OD for any
Insulation thickness.
Available EPDM lined - to prevent contact between dissimilar materials (if used with non-ferrous pipe),
minimise condensation and provide noise attenuation. Lining has a temperature range of 20oC to 110oC
Custom designed extended riser clamps, suitable for connection to spring hanger,
acoustic anchors andguides etc, are also available (MSS-SP58 Type 42).

Material : Steel
Finish : Electro galvanized post manufacture.
Other Options : EPDM Lined (Sufx ‘RL’)
Epoxy Powder Coated nish (Sufx ‘PC’)
Hot Dip Galvanised nish (Sufx ‘HDG’)
Stainless Steel construction (Sufx ‘SS’)
Ordering
For usage with plain piping other than steel, please Where Easyflex Rubber Support Inserts (RSI) are
provide details of pipe material and OD. used, specifying ‘matching EFRC clamps’ will suffice.
For insulated pipe, please specify effective OD or pipe Provide application details and specify design loads
size plus insulation thickness. Standard (as below) or to order custom-made extended riser clamp (EFRC)
intermediate models will be selected as appropriate.
Compliance - US Standards MSS-SP58 (type 24), MSS-SP69; EG to ASTM B633 SC3, BS 1706 FE/ZN12
Length Metal Size Max Load
Part No. Pipe Size A (mm) Bolt Size Kgs
EFRC022 1/2" 200 5x25 M10 80
EFRC028 3/4" 210 5x25 M10 90
EFRC035 1" 230 5x25 M10 100
EFRC040 1 1/4" 260 5x25 M10 120
EFRC048 1 1/2" 260 5x25 M10 120
EFRC060 2" 260 5x25 M10 150
EFRC075 2 1/2" 290 6x25 M12 200
EFRC090 3" 290 6x25 M12 250
EFRC100 3 1/2" 330 6x25 M12 350
EFRC115 4" 330 6x25 M12 350
EFRC140 5" 350 6x40 M16 550
EFRC168 6" 380 6x40 M16 700
EFRC220 8" 470 9x40 M16 900
EFRC273 10" 520 9x50 M16 1100
EFRC323 12" 580 12x50 M20 1100
EFRC355 14" 610 12x50 M20 1600
EFRC406 16" 660 16x60 M20 1600
EFRC457 18" 710 16x60 M20 1900
EFRC508 20" 760 16x60 M20 1900
EFRC610 24" 880 16x60 M20 2400
Due to policy of continual improvement, the specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
Measurements are subject to 5% tolerance.

143
 Beam Clamps
Ductile iron C-clamp designed for providing attachment of threaded rod to steel beams or purlin, without the
need for drilling or welding. Easyflex EFBC is suitable for installation at both upper and lower flanges of beams.

Features
Suitable for use with I-beams, channels, engles or steel roof purlins with up to 22 mm flange thickness.
Suitable for threaded rod sizes from 08 mm to 12 mm.
Convenient means of suspending pipelines, ducting, false ceilings or equipment form structural members,
without the need for drilling or welding.
Permit vertical level adjustment post installation.
EFBC clamps are denoted as ‘universal’ on account of their versatile design, which provides a single
product solution for various application situations.
a) They can be attached to either the upper or lower horizontal flanges of screw.
b) The threaded suspension rod may either be fixed offset from the edge of the flange or directly under
an inline with the set screw.
The deep throat design of EFBC clamps help ensure an effective grip on the beam flange.
Supplied complete with hardened set screw, lock-nut.

Material : Ductile iron

Finish : Electro galvanized post manufacture.

Compliance - US Standards MSS-SP58 (type 19 & 23),

MSS-SP69; EG to ASTM B633 SC3, BS 1706 FE/ZN12

C B

Safe Working
A B C Load
Model No. (mm)
(mm) (mm) Kgs
EFBC008 21 19 36 120
EFBC010 21 22 41 250
EFBC012 35 24 54 350

144
 PE Pipe Support

PE Pipe Support Applications

The high density advanced PE pipe insulation support is researched and developed by the economy and has
many typical properties comparing with wooden-made pipe insulation support, low thermal conductivity,
anti-corrosive, non-flammable and resistant to water condensation and chemicals, etc. Based on its
outstanding features, PE pipe support can be widely used as pipe insulation support in both air conditioning
system and fields of oil refining, food making, chemical and pharmaceutical industry.

PE Pipe Support Technical Data

Test Method Standards Results

Tensile strength ≥ 260 N/mm 2
287 N/mm2
Breaking Strength
≥ 170-180 N/mm2 193 N/mm2
(GB/T 8624: 2019)
Heat Conductivity ≤ 0.03 w/m.K 0.02 w/m.K
Water Absorption ≤ 1 g/100 cm 2
1 g/100 cm2
Working Temperature -20C~135 C Suitable

Property Description

It contains no CFC and has advantages to replace wooden pipe support and needs no preservation before
use so that it is up to requests of green and environmental protection standards by local or state.
Compressive strength test shows PE pipe support is strong enough to hang and support pipes with all weight
of pipe itself, water inside and insulation outside.
Its low conductivity ensures high effect of thermal insulation.
It has excellent fire proof property comparing with wooden pipe support.
It is unnecessary to preserve it before use therefore the installation cost is low.
Its safety working temperature goes from -20°C~ +135°C.
Due to closed cell structure, it has good water proof property.

Advantages

It has achieved Grade B2 (GB8624-1977) fire resistance, thermal insulation, vibration absorbent, sound
isolating,
moisture resistant properties which effectively provide the engineer a perfect solution to eliminate the
condensation and "cold bridge" issues in HVAC system. We provide the Engineer a new way to protect their
installations in quality by specifying standardized products.

145
 PE Pipe Support

Nominal Specications (mm)

Diameter Support ID Width Thickness
DN 15 ø22 20 20
DN 20 ø28 25 25
DN 25 ø34 25 25
DN 32 ø43 25 25
DN 40 ø48 25 25
DN 50 ø60 25 25
DN 65 ø76 25 25
DN 80 ø89 30 30
DN 100 ø114 30 30
DN 125 ø140 40 40
DN 150 ø165 40 40
DN 200 ø219 50 50
DN 250 ø273 50 50
DN 300 ø325 50 50
DN 350 ø377 50 50
DN 400 ø426 50 50
DN 450 ø465 50 50
DN 500 ø530 50 50
DN 600 ø630 50 50

146
Riser Isolators &
Supports

Riser Guide

Riser Isolator

Riser Anchor

Riser Hanger

147
 Riser Isolators &
Supports
Description

Vertical pipe risers can create a unique set of problems when they are installed in multi-story buildings. The
introduction of fluids into the pipe can generate significant forces within the building at the riser support locations if
the fluid temperature differs considerably from the ambient temperature in the building at the time of initial
installation. Pipe expansion due to hot water and stream will cause the overall length of the riser to grow, and chilled
water will result in contraction. These pipe movements transfer substantial force into the building structure and will
result in a serious increase in stress levels within the walls of the pipe.
The use of vibration isolators as pipe riser supports can eliminate the potential for damage to the pipe and to the
building. These flexible supports will allow the pipe to expand or contract without a large increase in the stress in the
pipe or the building at the support locations. resilient pipe anchors can serve to fix the pipe at a given location while
still providing for vibration isolation between the riser and the building. Pipe guides will prevent any possibility for
horizontal pipe motion due to thermal growth in loops, offsets, or branches.

Riser Guides Riser Isolators

Capacities from 650 lbs. and up, for vertical Capacities from 35 lbs. to 23,200 lbs.
and horizontal load applications. Available in 1”, 2” and 4” deflection

Riser Hangers Riser Anchors

Capacities from 35 lbs. and up. Capacities from 2,500 lbs. to 20,000 lbs.
Available in 1”, 2” and 4” deflection

Easyflex has the ability to model project specific vertical pipe riser systems using our proprietary computer software
which was designed specifically for rises analysis. This is a representative output data sheet for a typical base
anchored rises. Result include information concerning the installed and operating spring deflections, force on the
building at each support location, and stress levels within the pipe.
We provide this engineering analysis as a sales product service, tailored uniquely to the specific building project and
the isolation product used. This enables the project design engineer to know with certainty how the riser pipe and
building will interact during both installation and operating conditions. Please contact our Engineering Department
for futher details.
148
 Riser Isolators &
Supports
Riser Anchors

Each pair of EFRA(H) Riser Anchors provides high frequency noise and vibration isolation for those
locations where movement must be controlled.
When the anchors are attached to piping as shown in the illustrations below, all expansion will be
directed from this point.
Anchors are always used in pairs.

“TH” “A” Square

Tapped Hole Top & Bottom

Weld or Bolt Pipe

Clamp or Bracket
to EFRA Anchor

Heavy Duty Neoprene &

Duck or Neoprene Isolation
Weld (min. thickness 1/2” or 12mm)
Base to
Support
H Steel EFRAH
Baseplate
HH for Bolting
Pipe Clamp Easyflex Bracket
(by others) Welded to Pipe
Welding to (Custom designed
HC Pipe for wide or irregular
structural support spacing)
T L

A
RBD

Type EFRA and EFRAH Dimension (mm)

Type Size A H L T HC HH RBD TH

75 75 112 150 6 125 118 9 12mm
EFRA- 200 100 175 275 9 212 184 15 16mm
350 * 180 300 12 237 193 18 None
EFRAH- 600 225 275 362 18 300 293 31 None
800 275 337 437 25 362 362 37 None

RBD-Required Bolt Dia. for Max. Loading

Change designation to EFRAH when base plate with bolt holes is required.
*Size 350 – Top is 5” 125mm x 5” 125mm, Bottom is 6” 150mm x 6” 150mm.

Type EFRA and EFRAH Ratings

Anchoring Capacity per Pair Rated Defl
Type Size
(Ibs) (Kg) (In) (mm)
75 1000 453 0.1 2.5
EFRA- 200 6000 2722 0.1 2.5
350 24000 10886 0.1 2.5
EFRAH- 600 60000 27216 0.1 2.5
800 100000 45359 0.1 2.5

149
 Vertical Sliding Pipe
Guides
Each pair of EFVSG guides provides high frequency noise and vibration isolation for those locations where movement
must be guided in the axial direction.

“B” Square
Bolt or Weld
Pipe Clamp or
Bracket to
EFVSG Guide
“TH” Tapped Hole

Heavy Duty Neoprene

Isolation (minimum
thickness 1/2” 12mm)
“D” Required DH
Bolt Dia. for MH
Max. Horizontal Set Screw
Capacity DHH
EFVSGH MHH
UHH Baseplate
for Bolting
UH
40mm Upward
A or Downward 80mm Downward
Movement Setting Movement Setting
T HC

A L

Standard EFVSG Guides can be set to accommodate:

0 Upward Movement and 80mm Downward Movement.
80mm Upward Movement and 0 Downward Movement.
40mm Upward or downward Movement.
Special settings as required and certified.
Pipe Clamp Easyflex Bracket
Welding to Welded to Pipe
Pipe (Custom designed
for wide or irregular
Guides are always used in pairs. structural support spacing)

When pairs of EFVSG Guides are used as shown in the illustrations above right, radial motion is controlled while axial
motions is guided.

Type EFVSG and EFVSGH Ratings

Horizontal Capacity Possible Horizontal For use with
per Pair Deflection Pipe Sizes
Type Size
(Ibs) (Kg) (in) (mm) (mm)
75 1000 453 0.1 2.5 thru 125
EFVGS-
200 8000 3629 0.1 2.5 150 thru 300
EFVGSH-
350 11300 5126 0.1 2.5 350 thru 600

Type EFVSG and EFVSGH Dimension (mm)

80mm 80mm 40mm
Downward Upward Up or Down
Type Size A B L T HC D TH Movement Movement Movement
DH DHH UH UHH MH MHH
75 75 75 160 6 125 9 12mm 256 262 175 181 215 221
EFVSG- 200 125 100 250 9 200 15 20mm 262 271 181 190 221 231
EFVSGH- 350 150 125 280 12 225 18 25mm 268 281 187 200 228 240

Change designation to EFVSGH when base plate with bolt holes is required.

150
 Rubber Support Insert
A convenient and effective means of preventing crushing of insulation at pipe support points of chilled water
condenser water and domestic hot / cold water installations. Available for any pipe size and insulation thickness.
Features
Based on long experience as specialists in pipe support systems, T W

Easyflex pioneered the concept of using high density moulded

Pipe
rubber to prevent crushing of pipe insulation at support points. PIPE
OD
RSI offer significant advantages over other materials such as
wood or foamed product.
a) Resistance to deterioration / distortion with time and exposure
to moisture.

b) Eliminate need for termite control treatment, as required for

wood.

c) Rubber being an inert material, RSI are not corrosive to

metal pipe, as wood is.

d) Dimensional accuracy is ensured since each set is individually

machine molded.

e) It is an eco-friendly product - dose away with the need to fell

trees just to make pipe rings. Figure 1

d) Installation of additional metal shields for wider load distribution

is not required with RSI, as it is for foamed products.

Easyflex Rubber support inserts are fully tested and guaranteed

for minimal distortion under large pipe loads. Excessive distortion
and opening up of rubber support inserts under load has often Figure 2
been observed on some other brands.
a) Standard widths of our RSI, which go up to 100mm for large
sizes, have been decided based on extensive load testing. Some
offer lower widths, for a price advantage or due to manufacturing
constraints. Not only does this severely compromise load bearing
capacity, it also leads to the problem of width of the insert being
less to the hanger itself.
Figure 3
b) To compensate for width compromises or poor moulding, some
manufacturers insert steel into the rubber for more load bearing
capacity. This must be avoided since it drastically increases thermal
conductivity of the product.

The ‘Tongue & Groove’ locking arrangement between RSI halves saves
tine / labor and eliminates possibility of air-gaps or relative shift, thereby
minimizing loss of insulation efficiency.
Figure 4
Usage of RSI at pipe support locations provides the additional benefit of
noise attenuation, since the rubber acts as an acoustic barrier against the
structural transmission of high frequencies.

RSI form an integral, coordinate part of our pipe support systems. Available
for any common pipe size / insulation thickness, they are compatible for use
with our extensive range of various types of supports. Using RSI with matching
Easyflex pipe hanger / supports serves to simplify, speed up and enhance the Figure 5
quality of piping installations.

151
 Rubber Support Insert
Specifications

Material : Compounded Rubber

Load Bearing Capacity : Designed to bear maximum expected

Rubber Support
operating weight of pipes as per support T
Insert (RSI)
spans recommended by Manufacturers
Standardization Society (US) Pipe
Pipe
Standard MSS SP-69. OD

Thermal Conductivity : 0.16 w/m oC

W
Fire Rating : Fire Retardant RSI (RSI-FR) have a rating
of V-1 according to UL 94.
Density : 1190 Kg/m3
RSI Sizes, Standard Widths
Compliance - BS 3974 : Part 1 (1974) Pipe Size Standard
Steel (Nominal) Copper (OD) Width
Ordering 16mm 25mm
1/2” 22mm 25mm
Please specify the Nominal Pipe Size, Pipe OD and 3/4” 25mm 25mm
insulation thickness. 1” 35mm 25mm
Available RSI Thickness. (T) 1-1/4” 42mm 25mm
Easyflex RSI are available for the following standard 1-1/2” 25mm
insulation thickness: 54mm 25mm
13mm, 19mm, 25mm, 32mm, 38mm, 50mm, 63mm, 75mm 2” 25mm
67mm 25mm
Standard RSI Widths
73mm 38mm
Easyflex RSI are full tested for adequate load bearing capacity
2-1/2” 76mm 38mm
at the supplied standard widths. However if for any reason
80mm 38mm
higher widths are required they are available on application.
3” 38mm
We strongly caution against using inserts with lesser widths or 105mm 38mm
with steel inserted in the rubber to increase load bearing 108 38mm
capacity. 4” 38mm
For ordering pipe managers and supports sized to suit the RSI. 5” 140mm 38mm
Stating only the type needed will be sufficient information for 156mm 38mm
us to make the appropriate selection of models. A few support 159mm 38mm
type with which RSI are commonly used include 6” 50mm
168mm 50mm
Clevis Hangers (EFCH) Figure 1
8” 219mm 50mm
Plain Split Clamps (EFPSC) Figure 2
10” 50mm
Riser Clamps (EFRC) Figure 3
12” 50mm
U Strap Clamps (EFUS) Figure 4
U Bolts (EFUB) Figure 5 14” 50mm
Roller Hanger etc. 16” 75mm
18” 75mm
Fire Retardant RSI are available on request.
20” 100mm
Please specify model/size of RSI.
24” 100mm
28” 100mm
30” 100mm
36” 100mm
40” 100mm

Due to policy of continual improvement, the specifications are subject to change without prior notice.
Measurements are subject to 5% tolerance.

152
 Normal Pipe Steel A B S Copper Pipe Insulation Thickness And Model Number

(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 1/2" (13mm) 3/4" (19mm) 1" (25mm) 1 1/4" (32mm) 1 1/2" (38mm) 2" (50mm) 2 1/2" (65mm) 3" (75mm)
15 EFRSI01512 EFRSI01534 EFRSI0151 EFRSI015114 EFRSI015112 EFRSI0152 EFRSI015212 EFRSI0153
1/2" 15 21.3 21.4 22 EFRSI01212 EFRSI01234 EFRSI0121 EFRSI012114 EFRSI012112 EFRSI0122 EFRSI012212 EFRSI0123
3/4" 20 26.7 26.8 28 EFRSI3412 EFRSI3434 EFRSI341 EFRSI34114 EFRSI34112 EFRSI342 EFRSI34212 EFRSI343
1" 25 33.4 33.6 35 EFRSI112 EFRSI134 EFRSI11 EFRSI1114 EFRSI1112 EFRSI12 EFRSI1212 EFRSI13
1 1/4" 32 42.1 42.3 42 EFRSI11412 EFRSI11434 EFRSI1141 EFRSI114114 EFRSI114112 EFRSI1142 EFRSI114212 EFRSI1143
1 1/2" 40 48.2 48.3 EFRSI11212 EFRSI11234 EFRSI1121 EFRSI112114 EFRSI112112 EFRSI1122 EFRSI112212 EFRSI1123
54 EFRSI5412 EFRSI5434 EFRSI541 EFRSI54114 EFRSI54112 EFRSI542 EFRSI54212 EFRSI543
2" 50 60.3 60.4 EFRSI212 EFRSI234 EFRSI21 EFRSI2114 EFRSI2112 EFRSI22 EFRSI2212 EFRSI23
67 EFRSIC6712 EFRSIC7634 EFRSIC761 EFRSIC76114 EFRSIC76112 EFRSIC762 EFRSIC76212 EFRSIC763
2 1/2" 65 73 EFRSI21212 EFRSI21234 EFRSI2121 EFRSI212114 EFRSI212112 EFRSI2122 EFRSI212212 EFRSI2123
75.4 EFRSIA21212 EFRSIA21234 EFRSIA2121 EFRSIA212114 EFRSIA212112 EFRSIA2122 EFRSIA212212 EFRSIA2123
3" 80 88.9 88.9 EFRSI312 EFRSI334 EFRSI31 EFRSI3114 EFRSI3112 EFRSI32 EFRSI3212 EFRSI33
108 EFRSIC10812 EFRSIC10834 EFRSIC1081 EFRSIC108114 EFRSIC108112 EFRSIC1082 EFRSIC108212 EFRSIC1083
4" 100 114.3 114.3 EFRSI412 EFRSI434 EFRSI41 EFRSI4114 EFRSI4112 EFRSI42 EFRSI4212 EFRSI43
5" 125 141.3 141 EFRSI512 EFRSI534 EFRSI51 EFRSI5114 EFRSI5112 EFRSI52 EFRSI5212 EFRSI53
140.2 EFRSIA512 EFRSIA534 EFRSIA51 EFRSIA5114 EFRSIA5112 EFRSIA52 EFRSIA5212 EFRSIA53
159 EFRSIC15912 EFRSIC15934 EFRSIC1591 EFRSIC159114 EFRSIC159112 EFRSIC1592 EFRSIC159212 EFRSIC1593
6" 150 168.3 168.3 EFRSI612 EFRSI634 EFRSI61 EFRSI6114 EFRSI6112 EFRSI62 EFRSI6212 EFRSI63
8" 200 219.1 EFRSI812 EFRSI834 EFRSI81 EFRSI8114 EFRSI8112 EFRSI82 EFRSI8212 EFRSI83
225 EFRSIA812 EFRSIA834 EFRSIA81 EFRSIA8114 EFRSIA8112 EFRSIA82 EFRSIA8212 EFRSIA83
250.4 EFRSIA1012 EFRSIA1034 EFRSIA101 EFRSIA10114 EFRSIA10112 EFRSIA102 EFRSIA10212 EFRSIA103
10" 250 273 EFRSI1012 EFRSI1034 EFRSI101 EFRSI10114 EFRSI10112 EFRSI102 EFRSI10212 EFRSI103
315.5 EFRSIA1212 EFRSIA1234 EFRSIA121 EFRSIA12114 EFRSIA12112 EFRSIA122 EFRSIA12212 EFRSIA123
12" 300 323.8 EFRSI1212 EFRSI1234 EFRSI121 EFRSI12114 EFRSI12112 EFRSI122 EFRSI12212 EFRSI123
RSI Selection Guide

14" 350 355.6 335.5 EFRSI1412 EFRSI1434 EFRSI141 EFRSI14114 EFRSI14112 EFRSI142 EFRSI14212 EFRSI143
400.5 EFRSIA1412 EFRSIA1434 EFRSIA141 EFRSIA14114 EFRSIA14112 EFRSIA142 EFRSIA14212 EFRSIA143
16" 375 EFRSI1512 EFRSI1534 EFRSI151 EFRSI15114 EFRSI15112 EFRSI152 EFRSI15212 EFRSIA153
450.5 EFRSI1A1512 EFRSIA1534 EFRSIA151 EFRSIA15114 EFRSIA15112 EFRSIA152 EFRSIA15212 EFRSIA163
18" 400 EFRSI1612 EFRSI1634 EFRSI161 EFRSI16114 EFRSI16112 EFRSI162 EFRSI16212 EFRSIA173
500.5 EFRISA1612 EFRSIA1634 EFRSIA161 EFRSIA16114 EFRSIA16112 EFRSIA162 EFRSIA16212 EFRSIA183
20" 450 EFRSI1812 EFRSI1834 EFRSI181 EFRSI18114 EFRSI18112 EFRSI182 EFRSI18212 EFRSIA193
560.5 EFRSIA1812 EFRSIA1834 EFRSIA181 EFRSIA18114 EFRSIA18112 EFRSIA182 EFRSIA18212 EFRSIA203
24" 500 EFRSI2012 EFRSI2034 EFRSI201 EFRSI20114 EFRSI20112 EFRSI202 EFRSI20212 EFRSIA213
630.6 EFRSIA2012 EFRSIA2034 EFRSIA201 EFRSIA20114 EFRSIA20112 EFRSIA202 EFRSIA20212 EFRSIA223

153
710.7 EFRSIA2212 EFRSIA2234 EFRSIA221 EFRSIA22114 EFRSIA22112 EFRSIA222 EFRSIA22212 EFRSIA233
800.8 EFRSIA2412 EFRSIA2434 EFRSIA241 EFRSIA24114 EFRSIA24112 EFRSIA242 EFRSIA24212 EFRSIA243
 RSI Selection Guide

Support Selection for RSI - 13mm Thick

Pipe Total
OD RSI Size
Size OD Clevis Hanger Split Clamp U Bolt U Strap Riser Clamp
1/2" 21.3 1/2"x 13mm x 25mm 47.3 EFCH048 EFPSC048 EFUB048 EFUS048 EFRC048
3/4" 26.7 3/4"x 13mm x 25mm 52.7 EFCH054 EFPSC054 EFUB054 EFUS054 EFRC054
1" 33.4 1"x 13mm x 25mm 59.4 EFCH060 EFPSC060 EFUB060 EFUS060 EFRC060
1 1/4" 42.1 1 1/4"x 13mm x 25mm 68.1 EFCH070 EFPSC070 EFUB070 EFUS070 EFRC070
1 1/2" 48.2 1 1/2"x 13mm x 25mm 74.2 EFCH075 EFPSC075 EFUB075 EFUS075 EFRC075
2" 60.3 2"x 13mm x 25mm 86.3 EFCH090 EFPSC090 EFUB090 EFUS090 EFRC090
2 1/2" 73 2 1/2"x 13mm x 38mm 99 EFCH100 EFPSC100 EFUB100 EFUS100 EFRC100
3" 88.9 3"x 13mm x 38mm 114.9 EFCH115 EFPSC115 EFUB115 EFUS115 EFRC115
3 1/2" 101.6 3 1/2"x 13mm x 38mm 127.6 EFCH125 EFPSC125 EFUB125 EFUS125 EFRC125
4" 114.3 4"x 13mm x 38mm 140.3 EFCH140 EFPSC140 EFUB140 EFUS140 EFRC140
5" 141.3 5"x 13mm x 38mm 167.3 EFCH168 EFPSC168 EFUB168 EFUS168 EFRC168
6" 168.3 6"x 13mm x 50mm 194.3 EFCH200 EFPSC200 EFUB200 EFUS200 EFRC200
8" 219.1 8"x 13mm x 50mm 245.1 EFCH246 EFUB246 EFUS246 EFRC246
10" 273 10"x 13mm x 50mm 299 EFCH300 EFUB300 EFUS300 EFRC300
12" 323.8 12"x 13mm x 50mm 349.8 EFCH350 EFUB350 EFUS350 EFRC350
14" 355.6 14"x 13mm x 50mm 381.6 EFCH382 EFUB382 EFUS382 EFRC382
16" 406.4 16"x 13mm x 50mm 432.4 EFCH433 EFUB433 EFUS433 EFRC433
18" 457.2 18"x 13mm x 50mm 483.2 EFCH484 EFUB484 EFUS484 EFRC484
20" 508 20"x 13mm x 50mm 534 EFCH534 EFUB534 EFUS534 EFRC534
24" 609.6 24"x 13mm x 50mm 635.6 EFCH636 EFUB636 EFUS636 EFRC636

Support Selection for RSI - 19mm Thick

Pipe Total
OD RSI Size
Size OD Clevis Hanger Split Clamp U Bolt U Strap Riser Clamp
1/2" 21.3 1/2"x 19mm x 25mm 59.3 EFCH060 EFPSC060 EFUB060 EFUS060 EFRC060
3/4" 26.7 3/4"x 19mm x 25mm 64.7 EFCH065 EFPSC063 EFUB065 EFUS065 EFRC065
1" 33.4 1"x 19mm x 25mm 71.4 EFCH072 EFPSC070 EFUB072 EFUS072 EFRC072
1 1/4" 42.1 1 1/4"x 19mm x 25mm 80.1 EFCH080 EFPSC083 EFUB080 EFUS080 EFRC080
1 1/2" 48.2 1 1/2"x 19mm x 25mm 86.2 EFCH086 EFPSC090 EFUB086 EFUS086 EFRC086
2" 60.3 2"x 19mm x 25mm 98.3 EFCH099 EFPSC100 EFUB099 EFUS099 EFRC099
2 1/2" 73 2 1/2"x 19mm x 38mm 111 EFCH111 EFPSC110 EFUB111 EFUS111 EFRC111
3" 88.9 3"x 19mm x 38mm 126.9 EFCH127 EFPSC125 EFUB127 EFUS127 EFRC127
3 1/2" 101.6 3 1/2"x 19mm x 38mm 139.6 EFCH140 EFPSC140 EFUB140 EFUS140 EFRC140
4" 114.3 4"x 19mm x 38mm 152.3 EFCH153 EFPSC150 EFUB153 EFUS153 EFRC153
5" 141.3 5"x 19mm x 38mm 179.3 EFCH180 EFUB180 EFUS180 EFRC180
6" 168.3 6"x 19mm x 50mm 206.3 EFCH207 EFUB207 EFUS207 EFRC207
8" 219.1 8"x 19mm x 50mm 257.1 EFCH258 EFUB258 EFUS258 EFRC258
10" 273 10"x 19mm x 50mm 311 EFCH311 EFUB311 EFUS311 EFRC311
12" 323.8 12"x 19mm x 50mm 361.8 EFCH362 EFUB362 EFUS362 EFRC362
14" 355.6 14"x 19mm x 50mm 393.6 EFCH394 EFUB394 EFUS394 EFRC394
16" 406.4 16"x 19mm x 50mm 444.4 EFCH445 EFUB445 EFUS445 EFRC445
18" 457.2 18"x 19mm x 50mm 495.2 EFCH496 EFUB496 EFUS496 EFRC496
20" 508 20"x 19mm x 50mm 546 EFCH546 EFUB546 EFUS546 EFRC546
24" 609.6 24"x 19mm x 50mm 647.6 EFCH648 EFUB648 EFUS648 EFRC648

154
 RSI Selection Guide

Support Selection for RSI - 25mm Thick

Pipe Total
OD RSI Size
Size OD Clevis Hanger Split Clamp U Bolt U Strap Riser Clamp
1/2" 21.3 1/2"x 25mm x 25mm 71.3 EFCH072 EFPSC070 EFUB072 EFUS072 EFRC072
3/4" 26.7 3/4"x 25mm x 25mm 76.7 EFCH077 EFPSC075 EFUB077 EFUS077 EFRC077
1" 33.4 1"x 25mm x 25mm 83.4 EFCH084 EFPSC083 EFUB084 EFUS084 EFRC084
1 1/4" 42.1 1 1/4"x 25mm x 25mm 92.1 EFCH093 EFPSC090 EFUB093 EFUS093 EFRC093
1 1/2" 48.2 1 1/2"x 25mm x 25mm 98.2 EFCH099 EFPSC100 EFUB099 EFUS099 EFRC099
2" 60.3 2"x 25mm x 25mm 110.3 EFCH111 EFPSC110 EFUB111 EFUS111 EFRC111
2 1/2" 73 2 1/2"x 25mm x 38mm 123 EFCH123 EFPSC125 EFUB123 EFUS123 EFRC123
3" 88.9 3"x 25mm x 38mm 138.9 EFCH139 EFPSC140 EFUB139 EFUS139 EFRC139
3 1/2" 101.6 3 1/2"x 25mm x 38mm 151.6 EFCH152 EFPSC150 EFUB152 EFUS152 EFRC152
4" 114.3 4"x 25mm x 38mm 164.3 EFCH165 EFPSC168 EFUB165 EFUS165 EFRC165
5" 141.3 5"x 25mm x 38mm 191.3 EFCH192 EFUB192 EFUS192 EFRC192
6" 168.3 6"x 25mm x 50mm 218.3 EFCH219 EFUB219 EFUS219 EFRC219
8" 219.1 8"x 25mm x 50mm 269.1 EFCH270 EFUB270 EFUS270 EFRC270
10" 273 10"x 25mm x 50mm 323 EFCH323 EFUB323 EFUS323 EFRC323
12" 323.8 12"x 25mm x 50mm 373.8 EFCH374 EFUB374 EFUS374 EFRC374
14" 355.6 14"x 25mm x 50mm 405.6 EFCH406 EFUB406 EFUS406 EFRC406
16" 406.4 16"x 25mm x 50mm 456.4 EFCH457 EFUB457 EFUS457 EFRC457
18" 457.2 18"x 25mm x 50mm 507.2 EFCH508 EFUB508 EFUS508 EFRC508
20" 508 20"x 25mm x 50mm 558 EFCH559 EFUB559 EFUS559 EFRC559
24" 609.6 24"x 25mm x 50mm 659.6 EFCH660 EFUB660 EFUS660 EFRC660

Support Selection for RSI - 32mm Thick

Pipe Total
OD RSI Size
Size OD Clevis Hanger Split Clamp U Bolt U Strap Riser Clamp
1/2" 21.3 1/2"x 32mm x 25mm 85.3 EFCH086 EFPSC090 EFUB086 EFUS086 EFRC086
3/4" 26.7 3/4"x 32mm x 25mm 90.7 EFCH091 EFPSC090 EFUB091 EFUS091 EFRC091
1" 33.4 1"x 32mm x 25mm 97.4 EFCH098 EFPSC100 EFUB098 EFUS098 EFRC098
1 1/4" 42.1 1 1/4"x 32mm x 25mm 106.1 EFCH106 EFPSC110 EFUB106 EFUS106 EFRC106
1 1/2" 48.2 1 1/2"x 32mm x 25mm 112.2 EFCH113 EFPSC115 EFUB113 EFUS113 EFRC113
2" 60.3 2"x 32mm x 25mm 124.3 EFCH125 EFPSC125 EFUB125 EFUS125 EFRC125
2 1/2" 73 2 1/2"x 32mm x 38mm 137 EFCH137 EFPSC140 EFUB137 EFUS137 EFRC137
3" 88.9 3"x 32mm x 38mm 152.9 EFCH153 EFPSC150 EFUB153 EFUS153 EFRC153
3 1/2" 101.6 3 1/2"x 32mm x 38mm 165.6 EFCH166 EFPSC168 EFUB166 EFUS166 EFRC166
4" 114.3 4"x 32mm x 38mm 178.3 EFCH179 EFUB179 EFUS179 EFRC179
5" 141.3 5"x 32mm x 38mm 205.3 EFCH206 EFUB206 EFUS206 EFRC206
6" 168.3 6"x 32mm x 50mm 232.3 EFCH233 EFUB233 EFUS233 EFRC233
8" 219.1 8"x 32mm x 50mm 283.1 EFCH284 EFUB284 EFUS284 EFRC284
10" 273 10"x 32mm x 50mm 337 EFCH337 EFUB337 EFUS337 EFRC337
12" 323.8 12"x 32mm x 50mm 387.8 EFCH388 EFUB388 EFUS388 EFRC388
14" 355.6 14"x 32mm x 50mm 419.6 EFCH420 EFUB420 EFUS420 EFRC420
16" 406.4 16"x 32mm x 50mm 470.4 EFCH471 EFUB471 EFUS471 EFRC471
18" 457.2 18"x 32mm x 50mm 521.2 EFCH522 EFUB522 EFUS522 EFRC522
20" 508 20"x 32mm x 50mm 572 EFCH572 EFUB572 EFUS572 EFRC572
24" 609.6 24"x 32mm x 50mm 673.6 EFCH674 EFUB674 EFUS674 EFRC674

155
 RSI Selection Guide

Support Selection for RSI - 38mm Thick

Pipe Total
OD RSI Size
Size OD Clevis Hanger Split Clamp U Bolt U Strap Riser Clamp
1/2" 21.3 1/2"x 38mm x 25mm 97.3 EFCH098 EFPSC100 EFUB098 EFUS098 EFRC098
3/4" 26.7 3/4"x 38mm x 25mm 102.7 EFCH103 EFPSC100 EFUB103 EFUS103 EFRC103
1" 33.4 1"x 38mm x 25mm 109.4 EFCH110 EFPSC110 EFUB110 EFUS110 EFRC110
1 1/4" 42.1 1 1/4"x 38mm x 25mm 118.1 EFCH119 EFPSC125 EFUB119 EFUS119 EFRC119
1 1/2" 48.2 1 1/2"x 38mm x 25mm 124.2 EFCH125 EFPSC125 EFUB125 EFUS125 EFRC125
2" 60.3 2"x 38mm x 25mm 136.3 EFCH137 EFPSC140 EFUB137 EFUS137 EFRC137
2 1/2" 73 2 1/2"x 38mm x 38mm 149 EFCH150 EFPSC160 EFUB150 EFUS150 EFRC150
3" 88.9 3"x 38mm x 38mm 164.9 EFCH165 EFPSC168 EFUB165 EFUS165 EFRC165
3 1/2" 101.6 3 1/2"x 38mm x 38mm 177.6 EFCH178 EFUB178 EFUS178 EFRC178
4" 114.3 4"x 38mm x 38mm 190.3 EFCH191 EFUB191 EFUS191 EFRC191
5" 141.3 5"x 38mm x 38mm 217.3 EFCH218 EFPSC200 EFUB218 EFUS218 EFRC218
6" 168.3 6"x 38mm x 50mm 244.3 EFCH245 EFUB245 EFUS245 EFRC245
8" 219.1 8"x 38mm x 50mm 295.1 EFCH296 EFUB296 EFUS296 EFRC296
10" 273 10"x 38mm x 50mm 349 EFCH349 EFUB349 EFUS349 EFRC349
12" 323.8 12"x 38mm x 50mm 399.8 EFCH400 EFUB400 EFUS400 EFRC400
14" 355.6 14"x 38mm x 50mm 431.6 EFCH432 EFUB432 EFUS432 EFRC432
16" 406.4 16"x 38mm x 50mm 482.4 EFCH483 EFUB483 EFUS483 EFRC483
18" 457.2 18"x 38mm x 50mm 533.2 EFCH534 EFUB534 EFUS534 EFRC534
20" 508 20"x 38mm x 50mm 584 EFCH584 EFUB584 EFUS584 EFRC584
24" 609.6 24"x 38mm x 50mm 685.6 EFCH686 EFUB686 EFUS686 EFRC686

Support Selection for RSI - 50mm Thick

Pipe Total
OD RSI Size
Size OD Clevis Hanger Split Clamp U Bolt U Strap Riser Clamp
1/2" 21.3 1/2"x 50mm x 25mm 121.3 EFCH122 EFPSC125 EFUB122 EFUS122 EFRC122
3/4" 26.7 3/4"x 50mm x 25mm 126.7 EFCH127 EFPSC125 EFUB127 EFUS127 EFRC127
1" 33.4 1"x 50mm x 25mm 133.4 EFCH134 EFPSC140 EFUB134 EFUS134 EFRC134
1 1/4" 42.1 1 1/4"x 50mm x 25mm 142.1 EFCH142 EFPSC140 EFUB142 EFUS142 EFRC142
1 1/2" 48.2 1 1/2"x 50mm x 25mm 148.2 EFCH148 EFPSC150 EFUB148 EFUS148 EFRC148
2" 60.3 2"x 50mm x 25mm 160.3 EFCH161 EFPSC160 EFUB161 EFUS161 EFRC161
2 1/2" 73 2 1/2"x 50mm x 38mm 173 EFCH173 EFUB173 EFUS173 EFRC173
3" 88.9 3"x 50mm x 38mm 188.9 EFCH190 EFUB190 EFUS190 EFRC190
3 1/2" 101.6 3 1/2"x 50mm x 38mm 201.6 EFCH202 EFPSC200 EFUB202 EFUS202 EFRC202
4" 114.3 4"x 50mm x 38mm 214.3 EFCH215 EFPSC220 EFUB215 EFUS215 EFRC215
5" 141.3 5"x 50mm x 38mm 241.3 EFCH242 EFUB242 EFUS242 EFRC242
6" 168.3 6"x 50mm x 50mm 268.3 EFCH269 EFUB269 EFUS269 EFRC269
8" 219.1 8"x 50mm x 50mm 319.1 EFCH320 EFUB320 EFUS320 EFRC320
10" 273 10"x 50mm x 50mm 373 EFCH374 EFUB374 EFUS374 EFRC374
12" 323.8 12"x 50mm x 50mm 423.8 EFCH424 EFUB424 EFUS424 EFRC424
14" 355.6 14"x 50mm x 50mm 455.6 EFCH456 EFUB456 EFUS456 EFRC456
16" 406.4 16"x 50mm x 50mm 506.4 EFCH508 EFUB508 EFUS508 EFRC508
18" 457.2 18"x 50mm x 50mm 557.2 EFCH558 EFUB558 EFUS558 EFRC558
20" 508 20"x 50mm x 50mm 608 EFCH609 EFUB609 EFUS609 EFRC609
24" 609.6 24"x 50mm x 50mm 709.6 EFCH710 EFUB710 EFUS710 EFRC710

156
 RSI Selection Guide

Support Selection for RSI - 65mm Thick

Pipe Total
OD RSI Size
Size OD Clevis Hanger Split Clamp U Bolt U Strap Riser Clamp
1/2" 21.3 1/2"x 65mm x 25mm 151.3 EFCH152 EFPSC150 EFUB152 EFUS152 EFRC152
3/4" 26.7 3/4"x 65mm x 25mm 156.7 EFCH157 EFPSC160 EFUB157 EFUS157 EFRC157
1" 33.4 1"x 65mm x 25mm 163.4 EFCH164 EFPSC168 EFUB164 EFUS164 EFRC164
1 1/4" 42.1 1 1/4"x 65mm x 25mm 172.1 EFCH172 EFUB172 EFUS172 EFRC172
1 1/2" 48.2 1 1/2"x 65mm x 25mm 178.2 EFCH178 EFUB178 EFUS178 EFRC178
2" 60.3 2"x 65mm x 25mm 190.3 EFCH191 EFUB191 EFUS191 EFRC191
2 1/2" 73 2 1/2"x 65mm x 38mm 203 EFCH203 EFUB203 EFUS203 EFRC203
3" 88.9 3"x 65mm x 38mm 218.9 EFCH219 EFPSC220 EFUB219 EFUS219 EFRC219
3 1/2" 101.6 3 1/2"x 65mm x 38mm 231.6 EFCH232 EFUB232 EFUS232 EFRC232
4" 114.3 4"x 65mm x 38mm 244.3 EFCH245 EFUB245 EFUS245 EFRC245
5" 141.3 5"x 65mm x 38mm 271.3 EFCH272 EFUB272 EFUS272 EFRC272
6" 168.3 6"x 65mm x 50mm 298.3 EFCH299 EFUB299 EFUS299 EFRC299
8" 219.1 8"x 65mm x 50mm 349.1 EFCH350 EFUB350 EFUS350 EFRC350
10" 273 10"x 65mm x 50mm 403 EFCH404 EFUB404 EFUS404 EFRC404
12" 323.8 12"x 65mm x 50mm 453.8 EFCH454 EFUB454 EFUS454 EFRC454
14" 355.6 14"x 65mm x 50mm 485.6 EFCH486 EFUB486 EFUS486 EFRC486
16" 406.4 16"x 65mm x 50mm 536.4 EFCH537 EFUB537 EFUS537 EFRC537
18" 457.2 18"x 65mm x 50mm 587.2 EFCH588 EFUB588 EFUS588 EFRC588
20" 508 20"x 65mm x 50mm 638 EFCH639 EFUB639 EFUS639 EFRC639
24" 609.6 24"x 65mm x 50mm 739.6 EFCH740 EFUB740 EFUS740 EFRC740

Support Selection for RSI - 75mm Thick

Pipe Total
OD RSI Size
Size OD Clevis Hanger Split Clamp U Bolt U Strap Riser Clamp
1/2" 21.3 1/2"x 75mm x 25mm 171.3 EFCH172 EFUB172 EFUS172 EFRC172
3/4" 26.7 3/4"x 75mm x 25mm 176.7 EFCH177 EFUB177 EFUS177 EFRC177
1" 33.4 1"x 75mm x 25mm 183.4 EFCH184 EFUB184 EFUS184 EFRC184
1 1/4" 42.1 1 1/4"x 75mm x 25mm 192.1 EFCH193 EFUB193 EFUS193 EFRC193
1 1/2" 48.2 1 1/2"x 75mm x 25mm 198.2 EFCH199 EFUB199 EFUS199 EFRC199
2" 60.3 2"x 75mm x 25mm 210.3 EFCH211 EFUB211 EFUS211 EFRC211
2 1/2" 73 2 1/2"x 75mm x 38mm 223 EFCH223 EFUB223 EFUS223 EFRC223
3" 88.9 3"x 75mm x 38mm 238.9 EFCH239 EFUB239 EFUS239 EFRC239
3 1/2" 101.6 3 1/2"x 75mm x 38mm 251.6 EFCH252 EFUB252 EFUS252 EFRC252
4" 114.3 4"x 75mm x 38mm 264.3 EFCH265 EFUB265 EFUS265 EFRC265
5" 141.3 5"x 75mm x 38mm 291.3 EFCH292 EFUB292 EFUS292 EFRC292
6" 168.3 6"x 75mm x 50mm 318.3 EFCH319 EFUB319 EFUS319 EFRC319
8" 219.1 8"x 75mm x 50mm 369.1 EFCH370 EFUB370 EFUS370 EFRC370
10" 273 10"x 75mm x 50mm 423 EFCH424 EFUB424 EFUS424 EFRC424
12" 323.8 12"x 75mm x 50mm 473.8 EFCH474 EFUB474 EFUS474 EFRC474
14" 355.6 14"x 75mm x 50mm 505.6 EFCH506 EFUB506 EFUS506 EFRC506
16" 406.4 16"x 75mm x 50mm 556.4 EFCH557 EFUB557 EFUS557 EFRC557
18" 457.2 18"x 75mm x 50mm 607.2 EFCH608 EFUB608 EFUS608 EFRC608
20" 508 20"x 75mm x 50mm 658 EFCH659 EFUB659 EFUS659 EFRC659
24" 609.6 24"x 75mm x 50mm 759.6 EFCH760 EFUB760 EFUS760 EFRC760

157
 Air Vent
Rugged full brass body automatic air-vent rated for 16 bar working pressure, supplied complete with isolation
check valve. Constructed entirely of non-corroding materials.

Product Application
Air enters all piped water systems used in HVAC plants, water
distribution and waste water networks. If permitted to remain
trapped in the system, this air causes problems such as corrosion
and premature wear of components, cavitation in piping and
pump casing, stresses in piping due to water hammer, reduction in
the ow rate of water, increase in noise level, reduction in the heat
transfer capacity of heat exchangers , high energy consumption
and increased maintenance coasts.
The above problems can be prevented by continuously releasing
the trapped air by using automatic air-vents.
installation of BAV air-vents is recommended at:
- all high points of the piping system
- top of air bottles, air vessels, air separators, riser pipes
- top of heat exchangers, evaporators, cooling coils

Specications
Check Valve 1/2” MPT (BAV12) - standard
Connection*1 3/4” MPT (BAV34)
Air Outlet 1/4” Flare connection Product Features
Materials of Construction Full body, Check Valve - Brass*2
Float - Polypropylene Flare metal connection at Outlet - A
Balance - SS, Nylon unique feature offered by BAV air air-vents.
Max. Pressure 16 kg/cm2 The air outlet is suitable for direct are
Test Pressure 2 kg/cm2 connection, form which a drip pipe can be led
Max. Temperature 120oC to the nearest drain. This makes for cleaner
Working Fluids Cold/Hot Water installations and gives cost saving since need
for separate drip pans below the vent is
*1 Threading to BS21: NPT available on application. eliminated. Most other designs have ether
*2 Options available : DZR Brass, Bronze. plastic air outlets non-are connections.
Leakproof Polypropylene Float - The solid
80 oat, made of high grade polypropylene,
eliminates any possibility of leakage.
70 Complete with Check Valve - All air-vents
include detachable check valves
60 a) Provides cost saving since a separate shut-
off valve is not required ahead of the air-vent.
50 b) Offers Convenience since the air-vent can
be removed without draining the system.
40
High air discharge capacity, suitable for
most commercial applications.
30
Each unit is individually tested at 150% of
rated maximum working pressure before
20
leaving works.
10
All materials of construction are non-
corroding.
0 Removable top of lid for internal servicing.
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16

Pessure (kg/cm2)

158
 Gauge Cocks
Gauge Cocks
Three-port brass gauge cocks with Telfon seals, air bleed holes and nylon handles. Designed for reliable and
efcient operation. Option of forged or machined body available.

Product Application
Gauge cocks are isolating valves for pressure gauges. The key
advantage of their three-port design is the purging of trapped air
when the gauge is connected to the uid system.
Options Available
Forged full brass body
Model - Standard Gauge Cock (EFGC)
Machined full brass body
Model - Light Duty Gauge Cock (EFLDGC)
EFGC 1/2” to EFGC 3/8”
Product Features
Connection sizes - 1/2”, 3/8”
Rated maximum working pressure
a) Model EFGC - 25 kg/cm2
b) Model EFLDGC - 10 kg/cm2
Provided with integral Telfon seating to ensure leakproof and
smooth operation.
Glass-reinforced Nylon handle.
Functioning of each unit is individually tested at 150% of rated
pressure.
Air bleed hole provided to purge trapped air which can effect
accuracy of gauge.
EFLDGC 1/2” to EFLDGC 3/8”
Siphon Tubes
Easyex Siphon Tubes have epoxy powder coated heavy duty MS construction and are supplied complete with
sockets and lock-units. Both U-type and O-type (pigtail) siphons are available.

Product Application
Siphons enhance pressure gauge life and help ensure accuracy, by
minimizing the transmission of uid pulsation to the instrument.

Product Features
Rated maximum working pressure - 25 kg/cm2
Connection sizes - 1/2”, 3/8”
Product Application
Supplied complete with weldable steel socket and lock nut.
Epoxy powder coated for corrosion resistance. Note - All threading is to BS21, Threading to
Heavy duty mild steel body. Available in SS or Brass on application. any other standard available on application.

159
 Steel Damper Quadrants
Complete range of galvanized steel quadrant sets for all types of volume control dampers

Product Features
Quadrants and spindles are electrogalvanised post manufacture for corrosion resistance.
All Easyex EFSDQ sets are supplied with extended quadrant spindles, suitable for installation on ducts with
up to 50mm thick insulation.
Extended quadrant spindles can be used on single or multi-leaf dampers.
Clear marking on quadrant base indicates damper position.
Metal wing-nut provided to facilitate locking at nal position after balancing.

EFDSQ10GI/EFDSQ13GI
For spindle sizes 10mm and 13mm.
Set comprises quadrant (EFSDQ10GI / EFSDQ13GI), Compliance - Galvanised to ASTM B633 SC3
extended square attened quadrant spindle, round BS 1706 FE/ZN 12
attened bearing spindle.
Recommended for single-skin blade VCDs.

EFDSQ10GI-DS/EFDSQ13GI-DS
For spindle sizes 10mm and 13mm. EFDSQ6GI-SP
Set comprises quadrant (EFSDQ10GI / EFSDQ13GI),
extended square quadrant spindle, square For Spindle size 6mm.
bearing spindle. Set comprises quadrant (EFDSQ6GI), extended
Recommended for double-skin blade VCDs. square attened quadrant spindle, spring spindle.

Note
1) Damper Quadrants can be ordered independently (without spindle) as well.
2) Nylon and Brass bushes are available for use with all type and sizes of spindle indicated above.

160
 Grooved Flexible
Couplings
Specifications

Provides joint flexibility required in some piping systems.

Conforms to the requirements of ANSI B31.1 Power Piping Code; ANSI B31.9 Building Service Pipe
Code and NFPA 13 Sprinkler Systems.
Available with hot dipped galvanized coating, as optional.
Heavy duty housing provide higher pressure ratings.

B C C
A

A
B

1" - 12" 14" - 24"

Pipe Max. Working Allow Pipe Max. Deflections form Dimensions (mm) Approx.
Part Pressure and Separation Center Line Wt. Each
Nominal Actual Number
Size Size (mm) (psi) (mm) Per Coup Deg Pipe (mm) A B C (kg)
1 1/4" 42.2 11125 1000 3.10 4º-19' 75 66.6 114.3 43.9 0.9
1 1/2" 48.3 11150 1000 3.10 3º-46' 66 76.2 120.6 43.9 0.9
2" 60.3 11200 1000 3.10 3º-1' 52 92.0 127.0 45.7 1.4
2 1/2" 73.0 11250 1000 3.10 2º-29' 43 106.9 139.7 45.7 1.7
3" OD 76.1 11290 1000 3.10 2º-29' 43 110.9 150.0 45.7 1.5
3" 88.9 11300 1000 3.10 2º-3' 36 127.0 168.4 45.7 2.0
4" 114.3 11400 1000 6.35 3º-11' 56 161.9 212.8 50.6 3.0
5" 141.3 11500 1000 6.35 2º-35' 45 193.6 259.6 50.6 5.1
6" 168.3 11600 1000 6.35 2º-10' 38 228.6 279.4 50.6 5.2
6 1/2"OD 165.1 11650 1000 6.35 2º-10' 38 225.6 276.4 50.6 5.6
8" 219.1 11800 800 6.35 1º-40' 29 288.9 333.2 59.1 8.5
10" 273.0 11910 800 6.35 1º-20' 23 335.0 393.0 62.2 9.4
12" 323.9 11912 800 6.35 1º-7' 20 383.5 446.0 63.0 10.8
14” 355.6 11914 300 6.35 1º-2' 18 417.0 496.0 73.0 16.0
16” 406.4 11916 300 6.35 0º-54' 16 470.0 550.0 73.0 23.0
18” 457.0 11918 300 6.35 0º-48' 14 529.0 605.0 79.0 29.0
20” 508.0 11920 300 6.35 0º-43' 12 583.0 678.0 79.0 41.0
24” 610.0 11924 250 6.35 0º-36' 11 693.0 781.0 79.0 43.0

161
 Grooved Rigid
Couplings
Specifications

Provides a rigid joint by positive clamping of the pipe that resist flexural and torsional loads.
As the coupling bolts are tightened, the angled bolt pads slide in opposite direction causing the coupling
keys to tightly grip, the pipe, while at the same time the pipe grooves are forced outward against the
coupling keys.
The angle bolt pad design allows for faster swing over installation with the removal of only one bolt.
Provide rigidity for valve connections, fire mains, machinery rooms & long straight runs. Support and
hanging requirements correspond with NFPA 13 Sprinkler systems

B C
A

1" - 8"

Pipe Max. Working Allow Pipe Dimensions (mm) Approx.

Part Pressure and Separation Wt. Each
Nominal Actual Number
Size Size (mm) (psi) (mm) A B C (kg)
1" 33.4 02100 500 2.5 55.6 90.0 43.8 0.5.
1 1/4" 42.2 02125 500 2.5 65.0 99.0 43.9 0.6
1 1/2" 48.3 02150 500 2.5 71.0 107.0 439 0.6
2" 60.3 02200 500 2.5 83.6 120.0 45.7 0.7
2 1/2" 73.0 02250 500 2.5 97.3 134.0 45.7 0.8
3" OD 76.1 02290 500 2.5 100.5 137.0 45.7 1.0
3" 88.9 02300 500 2.5 114.1 152.0 45.7 1.1
4" 114.3 02400 500 4.1 148.0 183.0 50.6 1.7
5" 141.3 02500 300 4.1 175.5 220.0 50.6 2.1
6" 168.3 02600 300 4.1 205.0 249.0 50.6 2.7
6 1/2"OD 165.1 02650 300 4.1 201.0 246.0 50.6 2.5
8" 219.1 02800 300 4.8 260.5 315.0 59.1 5.4

Notes
Allowable pipe end separation is for cut groove pipe and for roll groove, figures will be one-half of the values listed and there are at time of
initial pressurisation. Ø - Bolts and Nuts are Galvanized * - Maximum pressure including surges and maximum end loads from all internal and
external forces, to which a joint could be subject under normal working conditions. This rating provides a nominal safety factor of 1.5 times
working pressure based on standard weight steel pipe, cut or roll groove to pipe end preparation specification. Maximum joint working
pressure may be subjected to a one time field test of 1.5 times the figures indicated. Contact our Engineering Department for performance on
other pipes, and to request the approvals cut sheet. Refer to installations and groove specifications when assembling any grooved product. For
dry system, TRI Seal gasket is recommended. To order galvanized finish, place “G” after the part number. EPDM based gasket is supplied as
standard. For other gasket contact us.

162
 Dielectric Unions
SERIES-EFDU
Size: 1/2”-2” (15-50 mm)

DESCRIPTION
Series EFDU Dielectric Unions features a female steel pipe thread to female brass pipe thread connections. The
unions are designed to be installed between pipes made from dissimilar metals to prevent accelerated corrosion
and deterioration in the piping systems due to galvanic and stray current. It consists of a union nut, two tailpieces,
a gasket & a sleeve that separates the tailpieces of prevent an electric current from occurring. Series EFDU is
ideal in application such commercial and residential as hot water storage tanks, Chilled water, processing tanks,
steam, gas and other water piping applications

PRESSURE-TEMPERATURE MATERIALS

Maximum Pressure: 250psi (17.2 bar) Part Material

Maximum Temperature: 180°F (82°C)
One Side Connection Forged Steel
Nut Forged Steel
Other Side Connection Brass
Gasket EPDM
Insert Plastic

DIMENSION - WEIGHT

A B C D E
SIZE (mm) (mm) (mm)
(mm) (mm)
½” 36.7 26 20 47 19.5
¾” 41.2 30.6 20 53.5 26
1” 50.6 39.5 23 64 32.5
1-¼” 61.4 47.5 25 71.5 39.5
1-½” 70.8 54.5 28 78 46.1
2 86.6 68 30 84 59.1

Compliance
Dielectric Strength - ASTM D149, DIN 53483, BS 2782
Galvanizing - ASTM B633 Sc3, BS 1706 FE/ZN 12
Threading - BS 21 : 1985

163
 Bimetallic Flanges
Scope & Application
Easyflex Bi-Metallic flange are used in water, gas and sanitary
applications, for connecting copper tubes made to ASTM Standard.
Bi-metallic Flange - composite 2 piece
Bi-metallic steel outer with gunmetal insert to ASTM B88, ASME/ANSI
B16.5 CLASS 150.
Bi-metallic steel outer with gunmetal insert to ASTM B88, ASME/ANSI
B16.5 CLASS 300.
Inner flange - Gunmetal; Outer flange - Mild steel with protective paint
finish.

Specifications
Flange As per BS4504 PN 16, Flanges
Drilling drilled to ANSI, JIS, DIN etc. available on application
Materials of Flange
Construction Ductile iron, epoxy powder eoated
Coupler
Brass
Connection Brass coupler is suitable for brazed (capillary) connection

Pressure and temperature rating

Temperature Deg C: - 10 to 120; Nominal Pressure (bar): 17 & 28

Bi-Metallic Brazing Flange, ANSI 150 B16.5

Backing Flanged Details
Tube OD Diameter of
Nominal Bolt Hole Bolt Flange
to suit
Model Size Number Diameter Size Circle of bolt OD
ASTM B88
(inches) of holes (inches) (inches) Hole centres (inches)
(inches) K (inches)
1/2 5/8 4 0.62 1/2 2-3/8 3-1/2
3/4 7/8 4 0.62 1/2 2-3/4 3-7/8
1 11/8 4 0.62 1/2 3-1/8 4-1/4
11/4 13/8 4 0.62 1/2 3-1/2 4-5/8
EFBMF-150

K
11/2 15/8 4 0.62 1/2 3-7/8 5
2 21/8 4 0.75 5/8 4-3/4 6
21/2 25/8 4 0.75 5/8 5-1/2 7
3 31/8 4 0.75 5/8 6 7-1/2
4 41/8 8 0.75 5/8 7-1/2 9
5 51/8 8 0.88 3/4 8-1/2 10
6 61/8 8 0.88 3/4 9-1/2 11

Bi-Metallic Brazing Flange, ANSI 150 B16.5

Backing Flanged Details
Tube OD Diameter of
Nominal Bolt Hole Bolt Flange
to suit
Model Size Number Diameter Size Circle of bolt OD
ASTM B88
(inches) of holes (inches) (inches) Hole centres (inches)
(inches) K (inches)
1/2 5/8 4 0.62 1/2 2-5/8 3-3/4
3/4 7/8 4 0.75 5/8 3-1/4 4-5/8
1 11/8 4 0.75 5/8 3-1/2 4-7/8
11/4 13/8 4 0.75 5/8 3-7/8 5-1/4 K
EFBMF-300

11/2 15/8 4 0.88 3/4 4-1/2 6-1/8

2 21/8 8 0.88 3/4 5 6-1/2
21/2 25/8 8 0.88 3/4 5-7/8 7-1/2
3 31/8 8 0.88 3/4 6-5/8 8-1/4
4 41/8 8 0.88 3/4 7-7/8 10
5 51/8 8 0.88 3/4 9-1/4 11
6 61/8 12 0.88 3/4 10-5/8 12-1/2
164
Technologically Advanced
Products & Solutions
...at your door step.

Your nearest Easyex stockist

Kanwal Industrial Corporation
Unit-1: B-168, Phase-II, Noida-201305
Distt. Gautam Budh Nagar (U.P.) India
Unit-2: E-63, Site-B, UPSIDC Industrial Area,
Block-A, Greater Noida, Dist. Gautam Budh Nagar,
Uttar Pradesh-201306
Tel. : +91 120 4734500-15
E-mail : web@easyex.in, kic@vsnl.com
Website : www.easyex.in